--- ./configure.in.orig 2012-05-05 13:52:46.000000000 -0600
+++ ./configure.in 2012-07-26 10:03:54.941975570 -0600
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-AC_INIT()
+AC_INIT
AC_PREREQ([2.61])
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(h/gclincl.h)
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for CFLAG $TMPF])
CFLAGS_ORI=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $TMPF"
- AC_TRY_RUN([int main() {return 0;}],TCFLAGS="$TCFLAGS $TMPF";AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[[return 0;]])],TCFLAGS="$TCFLAGS $TMPF";AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
CFLAGS=$CFLAGS_ORI
else
@@ -629,9 +629,6 @@ fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([system version (for dynamic loading)])
if machine=`uname -m` ; then true; else machine=unknown ; fi
-AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO,makeinfo,"false")
-AC_SUBST(MAKEINFO)
-
if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
system=NEXTSTEP-`${AWK} '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
else
@@ -672,21 +669,24 @@ esac
AC_CHECK_HEADER(unistd.h,
AC_CHECK_LIB(c,sysconf,
- AC_MSG_CHECKING("for _SC_CLK_TCK")
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <unistd.h>
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for _SC_CLK_TCK])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
- int
- main() {
+ ]],[[
FILE *fp=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(fp,"%lu\n",sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK));
fclose(fp);
return 0;
- }],
+ ]])],
hz=`cat conftest1`
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HZ,$hz)
,hz=0,hz=0)
[AC_MSG_RESULT($hz)]))
+AC_PROG_EGREP
+AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO,makeinfo,"false")
+AC_SUBST(MAKEINFO)
#MY_SUBDIRS=
@@ -703,17 +703,19 @@ if test $use_gmp = yes ; then
if test "$enable_dynsysgmp" = "yes" ; then
AC_CHECK_HEADER(gmp.h,
AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp,__gmpz_init,
- AC_MSG_CHECKING("for external gmp version")
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <gmp.h>
- int main() {
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for external gmp version])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <gmp.h>
+ ]],[[
#if __GNU_MP_VERSION == 4 || __GNU_MP_VERSION == 5
return 0;
#else
return -1;
#endif
- }],
+ ]])],
# MPFILES=$GMPDIR/mpn/mul_n.o
# PATCHED_SYMBOLS=__gmpn_toom3_mul_n
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([4/5])
MPFILES=
PATCHED_SYMBOLS=
# if test "$use" = "m68k-linux" ; then
@@ -725,7 +727,8 @@ if test $use_gmp = yes ; then
echo "int main() {return 0;}" >>foo.c
MP_INCLUDE=`cpp foo.c | grep /gmp.h | head -n 1 | $AWK '{print $3}' | tr -d '"'`
rm -f foo.c,
- echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" , echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" ),
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([Cannot use dynamic gmp lib]),
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([Cannot use dynamic gmp lib])),
echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" ,),
echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" ,)
fi
@@ -772,7 +775,7 @@ if test "$NEED_LOCAL_GMP" != "" ; then
fi
-AC_MSG_CHECKING("for leading underscore in object symbols")
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for leading underscore in object symbols])
cat>foo.c <<EOFF
#include <math.h>
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -782,60 +785,62 @@ $CC -c foo.c -o foo.o
if nm foo.o |grep " U " | grep "_cos" >/dev/null || nm foo.o |grep " U " | grep " _getc" >/dev/null ; then
LEADING_UNDERSCORE=1
AC_DEFINE(LEADING_UNDERSCORE)
- AC_MSG_RESULT("yes")
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
LEADING_UNDERSCORE=""
- AC_MSG_RESULT("no")
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
-AC_MSG_CHECKING("for GNU ld option -Map")
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld option -Map])
touch map
$CC -o foo [ -Wl,-Map ] map foo.o >/dev/null 2>&1
if test `cat map | wc -l` != "0" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT("yes")
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GNU_LD)
GNU_LD=1
else
- AC_MSG_RESULT("no")
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
GNU_LD=
fi
rm -f foo.c foo.o foo map
- AC_MSG_CHECKING("for size of gmp limbs")
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for size of gmp limbs])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
- int main() {
+ ]],[[
FILE *fp=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(fp,"%u",sizeof(mp_limb_t));
fclose(fp);
return 0;
- }],mpsize=`cat conftest1`,mpsize=0,mpsize=0)
+ ]])],mpsize=`cat conftest1`,mpsize=0,mpsize=0)
if test "$mpsize" = "0" ; then
- echo "Cannot determine mpsize"
- exit 1
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot determine mpsize], 1)
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MP_LIMB_BYTES,$mpsize)
AC_MSG_RESULT($mpsize)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING("_SHORT_LIMB")
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([_SHORT_LIMB])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
- int main() {
+ ]],[[
#ifdef _SHORT_LIMB
return 0;
#else
return 1;
#endif
- }],AC_DEFINE(__SHORT_LIMB) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),AC_MSG_RESULT(no),AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
- AC_MSG_CHECKING("_LONG_LONG_LIMB")
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+ ]])],AC_DEFINE(__SHORT_LIMB) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),AC_MSG_RESULT(no),AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([_LONG_LONG_LIMB])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
- int main() {
+ ]],[[
#ifdef _LONG_LONG_LIMB
return 0;
#else
return 1;
#endif
- }],AC_DEFINE(__LONG_LONG_LIMB) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),AC_MSG_RESULT(no),AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+ ]])],AC_DEFINE(__LONG_LONG_LIMB) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),AC_MSG_RESULT(no),AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
GMP=1
AC_DEFINE(GMP)
@@ -891,10 +896,9 @@ if test "$enable_dlopen" = "yes" ; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl,dlopen,have_dl=1,have_dl=0)
if test "$have_dl" = "0" ; then
- echo "Cannot find dlopen in -dl"
- exit 1
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find dlopen in -dl], 1)
fi
-dnl AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl, have_dl=1, AC_ERROR(dlopen not found))
+dnl AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl, have_dl=1, AC_MSG_ERROR([dlopen not found]))
dnl LIBS and TLIBS - why not merged from the beginning?
TLIBS="$TLIBS -ldl -rdynamic"
@@ -908,15 +912,17 @@ if test "$enable_statsysbfd" = "yes" ||
#
# Old binutils appear to need CONST defined to const
#
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(if need to define CONST for bfd)
- AC_TRY_RUN([#define IN_GCC
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([if need to define CONST for bfd])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #define IN_GCC
#include <bfd.h>
- int main() { symbol_info t; return 0;}],
+ ]],[[symbol_info t; return 0;]])],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
- AC_TRY_RUN([#define CONST const
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #define CONST const
#define IN_GCC
#include <bfd.h>
- int main() {symbol_info t; return 0;}],
+ ]],[[symbol_info t; return 0;]])],
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE(NEED_CONST),
AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot use bfd]),
@@ -930,11 +936,12 @@ if test "$enable_statsysbfd" = "yes" ||
# BFD boolean syntax
#
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for useable bfd_boolean)
- AC_TRY_RUN([#define IN_GCC
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for usable bfd_boolean])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #define IN_GCC
#include <bfd.h>
bfd_boolean foo() {return FALSE;}
- int main() {return 0;}],
+ ]],[[return 0;]])],
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BFD_BOOLEAN),
AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
@@ -945,10 +952,11 @@ if test "$enable_statsysbfd" = "yes" ||
# bfd_link_info.output_bfd minimal configure change check
#
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for bfd_link_info.output_bfd)
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <bfd.h>
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for bfd_link_info.output_bfd])
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <bfd.h>
#include <bfdlink.h>
- int main() {struct bfd_link_info i;i.output_bfd=0;return 0;}],
+ ]],[[struct bfd_link_info i;i.output_bfd=0;return 0;]])],
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OUTPUT_BFD),
AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
@@ -1061,10 +1069,10 @@ case $use in
ia64*) ;; #FIXME
*)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(__builtin___clear_cache)
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
- [void *v,*ve;
- __builtin___clear_cache(v,ve);
- ],
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
+ [[void *v,*ve;
+ __builtin___clear_cache(v,ve);
+ ]])],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BUILTIN_CLEAR_CACHE)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no));;
@@ -1076,45 +1084,47 @@ esac
# mechanism, in the PAGE macro. This offset is subtracted from
# addresses, in calculating a page for an address in the heap.
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long,0)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(sizeof struct contblock)
# work around MSYS pwd result incompatibility
if test "$use" = "mingw" ; then
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
#define EXTER
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
#include "h/enum.h"
#include "h/object.h"
- int main(int argc,char **argv,char **envp) {
+ ]],[[
FILE *f=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(f,"%u",sizeof(struct contblock));
fclose(f);
return 0;
- }],sizeof_contblock=`cat conftest1`,
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1,
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1)
+ ]])],sizeof_contblock=`cat conftest1`,
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find sizeof struct contblock], 1),
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find sizeof struct contblock], 1))
else
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
#define EXTER
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
#include "`pwd`/h/enum.h"
#include "`pwd`/h/object.h"
- int main(int argc,char **argv,char **envp) {
+ ]],[[
FILE *f=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(f,"%u",sizeof(struct contblock));
fclose(f);
return 0;
- }],sizeof_contblock=`cat conftest1`,
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1,
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1)
+ ]])],sizeof_contblock=`cat conftest1`,
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find sizeof struct contblock], 1),
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find sizeof struct contblock], 1))
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($sizeof_contblock)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SIZEOF_CONTBLOCK,$sizeof_contblock)
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for word order)
-AC_TRY_RUN([int main () {
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for word order])
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[[
/* Are we little or big endian? Adapted from Harbison&Steele. */
union
{
@@ -1123,7 +1133,7 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([int main () {
} u;
u.d = 1.0;
return u.l[sizeof(double)/sizeof(int)-1] ? 0 : 1;
-}],AC_MSG_RESULT(little)
+]])],AC_MSG_RESULT(little)
AC_DEFINE(LITTLE_END),
AC_MSG_RESULT(big),
AC_MSG_RESULT([WARNING: ASSUMING LITTLE ENDIAN FOR CROSS COMPILING !!!]
@@ -1136,15 +1146,16 @@ AC_SUBST(LITTLE_END)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sbrk])
HAVE_SBRK=""
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <unistd.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
- int main() {
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ ]],[[
FILE *f;
if (!(f=fopen("conftest1","w")))
return -1;
fprintf(f,"%u",sbrk(0));
return 0;
- }],
+ ]])],
HAVE_SBRK=1
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),
AC_MSG_RESULT([no: WARNING you must be able to emulate sbrk: as on mingw or macosx]),
@@ -1156,14 +1167,15 @@ if test "$HAVE_SBRK" = "1" ; then
# AC_MSG_RESULT(sys/personality.h not found))
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE constant])
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/personality.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
- int main(int argc,char *argv[],char *envp[]) {
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <sys/personality.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ ]],[[
FILE *f;
if (!(f=fopen("conftest1","w"))) return -1;
fprintf(f,"%x",ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE);
return 0;
- }],
+ ]])],
ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE=`cat conftest1`,ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE=0,ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE=0)
if test "$ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE" = "0" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, assuming 0x40000])
@@ -1173,10 +1185,11 @@ if test "$HAVE_SBRK" = "1" ; then
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for personality(ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE) support])
- AC_TRY_RUN([void gprof_cleanup() {};
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+ void gprof_cleanup() {}
int main(int argc,char *argv[],char *envp[]) {
#include "h/unrandomize.h"
- return 0;}],CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK=1,CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK=0,CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK=0)
+ return 0;}]])],CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK=1,CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK=0,CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK=0)
if test "$CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK" != 0 ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
@@ -1186,8 +1199,9 @@ if test "$HAVE_SBRK" = "1" ; then
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([that sbrk is (now) non-random])
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
- void gprof_cleanup() {};
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ void gprof_cleanup() {}
int main(int argc,char * argv[],char * envp[]) {
FILE *f;
#ifdef CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK
@@ -1195,13 +1209,13 @@ if test "$HAVE_SBRK" = "1" ; then
#endif
if (!(f=fopen("conftest1","w"))) return -1;
fprintf(f,"%u",sbrk(0));
- return 0;}],SBRK=`cat conftest1`,SBRK=0,SBRK=0)
+ return 0;}]])],SBRK=`cat conftest1`,SBRK=0,SBRK=0)
if test "$SBRK" = "0" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(cannot trap sbrk)
- exit 1
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot trap sbrk], 1)
fi
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
- void gprof_cleanup() {};
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ void gprof_cleanup() {}
int main(int argc,char * argv[],char * envp[]) {
FILE *f;
#ifdef CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK
@@ -1209,10 +1223,9 @@ if test "$HAVE_SBRK" = "1" ; then
#endif
if (!(f=fopen("conftest1","w"))) return -1;
fprintf(f,"%u",sbrk(0));
- return 0;}],SBRK1=`cat conftest1`,SBRK1=0,SBRK1=0)
+ return 0;}]])],SBRK1=`cat conftest1`,SBRK1=0,SBRK1=0)
if test "$SBRK1" = "0" ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(cannot trap sbrk)
- exit 1
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot trap sbrk], 1)
fi
if test "$SBRK" = "$SBRK1" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
@@ -1227,15 +1240,17 @@ if test "$HAVE_SBRK" = "1" ; then
fi
# pagewidth
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for pagewidth)
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for pagewidth])
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
-int main() {size_t i=getpagesize(),j;
+ ]],[[
+ size_t i=getpagesize(),j;
FILE *fp=fopen("conftest1","w");
for (j=0;i>>=1;j++);
if (j<12) {printf("pagewidth %u is too small\n",j);return -1;}
fprintf(fp,"%u",j);
- return 0;}],PAGEWIDTH=`cat conftest1`,PAGEWIDTH=0,PAGEWIDTH=0)
+ return 0;]])],PAGEWIDTH=`cat conftest1`,PAGEWIDTH=0,PAGEWIDTH=0)
AC_MSG_RESULT($PAGEWIDTH)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PAGEWIDTH,$PAGEWIDTH)
AC_SUBST(PAGEWIDTH)
@@ -1243,11 +1258,12 @@ AC_SUBST(PAGEWIDTH)
old_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$TLDFLAGS"
-AC_MSG_CHECKING("finding DBEGIN")
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
- #include <stdlib.h>
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([finding DBEGIN])
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
-void gprof_cleanup() {};
+void gprof_cleanup() {}
int
main(int argc,char * argv[],char *envp[])
{
@@ -1272,36 +1288,35 @@ main(int argc,char * argv[],char *envp[]
#endif
fclose(fp);
return 0;
-}],dbegin=`cat conftest1`,dbegin=0,dbegin=0)
+}]])],dbegin=`cat conftest1`,dbegin=0,dbegin=0)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DBEGIN,$dbegin /* where data begins */)
AC_MSG_RESULT(got $dbegin)
LDFLAGS="$old_LDFLAGS"
-AC_MSG_CHECKING("finding CSTACK_ADDRESS")
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main()
-{
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([finding CSTACK_ADDRESS])
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <stdio.h>
+]],[[
char *b ;
FILE *fp = fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(fp,"%ld",((long) &b));
fclose(fp);
return 0;
-}],cstack_address=`cat conftest1`,cstack_address=0,cstack_address=0)
+]])],cstack_address=`cat conftest1`,cstack_address=0,cstack_address=0)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(CSTACK_ADDRESS,$cstack_address \
)
AC_MSG_RESULT(got $cstack_address)
-AC_MSG_CHECKING("sizeof long long int")
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main()
-{
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([sizeof long long int])
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <stdio.h>
+]],[[
if (sizeof(long long int) == 2*sizeof(long)) return 0;
return 1;
-}
-],[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG)
+]])],[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
@@ -1470,7 +1485,6 @@ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
# To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
# if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sockets])
tcl_checkBoth=0
AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect, tcl_checkSocket=0, tcl_checkSocket=1)
if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
@@ -1507,8 +1521,8 @@ fi
AC_SUBST(RL_OBJS)
AC_SUBST(RL_LIB)
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(For network code for nsocket.c)
-AC_TRY_LINK([
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for network code for nsocket.c])
+AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
@@ -1525,24 +1539,25 @@ AC_TRY_LINK([
#include <netinet/in.h> /* struct in_addr, struct sockaddr_in */
#include <arpa/inet.h> /* inet_ntoa() */
#include <netdb.h> /* gethostbyname() */
-],[ connect(0,(struct sockaddr *)0,0);
+]],[[connect(0,(struct sockaddr *)0,0);
gethostbyname("jil");
socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
- ],
+ ]])],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NSOCKET)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(check for listen using fcntl)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stdio.h>
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for listen using fcntl])
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <stdio.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
-],
-[FILE *fp=fopen("configure.in","r");
+]],
+[[FILE *fp=fopen("configure.in","r");
int orig;
orig = fcntl(fileno(fp), F_GETFL);
if (! (orig & O_NONBLOCK )) return 0;
-],
+]])],
[AC_DEFINE(LISTEN_USE_FCNTL)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
@@ -1563,7 +1578,7 @@ AC_CHECK_FUNC(_cleanup, [AC_DEFINE(USE_C
AC_SUBST(USE_CLEANUP)
gcl_ok=no
-AC_HEADER_EGREP(LITTLE_ENDIAN, ctype.h, gcl_ok=yes, gcl_ok=noo)
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(LITTLE_ENDIAN, ctype.h, gcl_ok=yes, gcl_ok=no)
if test $gcl_ok = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(ENDIAN_ALREADY_DEFINED)
fi
@@ -1595,32 +1610,32 @@ case $system in
esac
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(check for SV_ONSTACK)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <signal.h>
-int joe=SV_ONSTACK;
-],
-[],
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SV_ONSTACK])
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <signal.h>
+]],
+[[return SV_ONSTACK;]])],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SV_ONSTACK)
AC_SUBST(HAVE_SV_ONSTACK)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(check for SIGSYS)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <signal.h>
-int joe=SIGSYS;
-],
-[],
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIGSYS])
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <signal.h>
+]],
+[[return SIGSYS;]])],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SIGSYS)
AC_SUBST(HAVE_SIGSYS)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(check for SIGEMT)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <signal.h>
-int joe=SIGEMT;
-],
-[],
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIGEMT])
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#include <signal.h>
+]],
+[[return SIGEMT;]])],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SIGEMT)
AC_SUBST(HAVE_SIGEMT)
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
@@ -1632,12 +1647,13 @@ AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
#if test $use = "386-linux" ; then
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(asm/sigcontext.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(asm/signal.h)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sigcontext...])
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <signal.h>
- ],
- [
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sigcontext])
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <signal.h>
+ ]],
+ [[
struct sigcontext foo;
- ],
+ ]])],
[
sigcontext_works=1;
AC_DEFINE(SIGNAL_H_HAS_SIGCONTEXT)
@@ -1648,18 +1664,19 @@ AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AC_MSG_RESULT(sigcontext NOT in signal.h)]
)
if test "$sigcontext_works" = 0 ; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sigcontext...])
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <signal.h>
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sigcontext])
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <signal.h>
#ifdef HAVE_ASM_SIGCONTEXT_H
#include <asm/sigcontext.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ASM_SIGNAL_H
#include <asm/signal.h>
#endif
- ],
- [
+ ]],
+ [[
struct sigcontext foo;
- ],
+ ]])],
[
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SIGCONTEXT)
AC_MSG_RESULT(sigcontext in asm files)
@@ -1769,6 +1786,8 @@ AC_SUBST(INFO_DIR)
if test "$enable_tcltk" = "yes" ; then
+AC_CHECK_LIB(ieee,main,have_ieee=1,have_ieee=0)
+AC_CHECK_PROG(TCLSH,tclsh,tclsh,${TCLSH})
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tcl/tk])
@@ -1789,9 +1808,6 @@ if { [file exists [file join [set dir] t
EOF
#cp conftest.tcl foo.tcl
-AC_CHECK_PROG(TCLSH,tclsh,tclsh,${TCLSH})
-#AC_CHECK_PROG(TCLSH,tclsh8.0,tclsh8.0,${TCLSH})
-
if test "${TCLSH}" = "" ; then true ; else
TCL_CONFIG_PREFIX=`${TCLSH} < conftest.tcl`
fi
@@ -1865,7 +1881,6 @@ fi
fi
-AC_CHECK_LIB(lieee,main,have_ieee=1,have_ieee=0)
if test "$have_ieee" = "0" ; then
TCL_LIBS=`echo ${TCL_LIBS} | sed -e "s:-lieee::g" `
fi
@@ -1909,15 +1924,18 @@ AC_SUBST(NOTIFY)
# the time handling for unixtime, add timezone
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([alloca])
-AC_TRY_RUN([int main() { exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);}],
+# alloca
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for alloca])
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[[exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);]])],
,gcl_ok=yes, gcl_ok=no,gcl_ok=no)
if test $gcl_ok = yes ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ALLOCA)
else
- AC_TRY_RUN([#include <alloca.h>
- int main() { exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);}],
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+ #include <alloca.h>
+ ]],[[exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);]])],
,gcl_ok=yes, gcl_ok=no,gcl_ok=no)
if test $gcl_ok = yes ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
@@ -1936,8 +1954,6 @@ if test $gcl_ok = no ; then AC_MSG_R
-# alloca
-
# dlopen etc
# idea make it so you do something dlopen(libX.so,RTLD_GLOBAL)
# then dlload("foo.o") a lisp file can refer to things in libX.so
@@ -1961,7 +1977,7 @@ if test $gcl_ok = no ; then AC_MSG_R
# redhat/cygnus released for some reason a buggy version of gcc,
# which no one else released. Catch that here.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Checking for buggy gcc version from redhat])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for buggy gcc version from redhat])
if 2>&1 $CC -v | fgrep "gcc version 2.96" > /dev/null
then
BROKEN_O4_OPT=1
@@ -1996,7 +2012,8 @@ AC_SUBST(GNU_LD)
if test -f h/$use.defs ; then
AC_SUBST(use)
- AC_OUTPUT(makedefc windows/gcl.iss windows/sysdir.bat windows/install.lsp )
+ AC_CONFIG_FILES(makedefc windows/gcl.iss windows/sysdir.bat windows/install.lsp )
+ AC_OUTPUT
echo makedefc
cat makedefc
--- ./configure.orig 2012-05-05 13:52:44.000000000 -0600
+++ ./configure 2012-07-26 10:04:09.613952671 -0600
@@ -651,10 +651,10 @@ X_LIBS
XMKMF
GMPDIR
GMP
+MAKEINFO
HAVE_MALLOC_ZONE_MEMALIGN
EGREP
GREP
-MAKEINFO
AWK
CPP
OBJEXT
@@ -4023,7 +4023,14 @@ See \`config.log' for more details" "$LI
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-int main() {return 0;}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
TCFLAGS="$TCFLAGS $TMPF";{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
@@ -4269,51 +4276,6 @@ fi
$as_echo_n "checking system version (for dynamic loading)... " >&6; }
if machine=`uname -m` ; then true; else machine=unknown ; fi
-for ac_prog in makeinfo
-do
- # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- if test -n "$MAKEINFO"; then
- ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO="$MAKEINFO" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
- ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO="$ac_prog"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-MAKEINFO=$ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO
-if test -n "$MAKEINFO"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAKEINFO" >&5
-$as_echo "$MAKEINFO" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- test -n "$MAKEINFO" && break
-done
-test -n "$MAKEINFO" || MAKEINFO=""false""
-
-
-
if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
system=NEXTSTEP-`${AWK} '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
else
@@ -4711,22 +4673,29 @@ fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_sysconf" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_sysconf" >&6; }
if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_sysconf" = xyes; then :
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"for _SC_CLK_TCK\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"for _SC_CLK_TCK\"... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _SC_CLK_TCK" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for _SC_CLK_TCK... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
hz=0
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <unistd.h>
+
+ #include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
- int
- main() {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
FILE *fp=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(fp,"%lu\n",sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK));
fclose(fp);
return 0;
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
hz=`cat conftest1`
@@ -4750,6 +4719,117 @@ fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+ else
+ if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+ ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+ # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_prog in egrep; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+ { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+ # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+ ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+ ac_count=0
+ $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+ while :
+ do
+ cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+ mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+ cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+ $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+ "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+ diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+ as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+ if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+ # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+ ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+ ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+ fi
+ # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+ test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+ done
+ rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+ $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+ done
+ done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+ as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+ fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+for ac_prog in makeinfo
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$MAKEINFO"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO="$MAKEINFO" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO="$ac_prog"
+ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+ done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+MAKEINFO=$ac_cv_prog_MAKEINFO
+if test -n "$MAKEINFO"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAKEINFO" >&5
+$as_echo "$MAKEINFO" >&6; }
+else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ test -n "$MAKEINFO" && break
+done
+test -n "$MAKEINFO" || MAKEINFO=""false""
+
+
#MY_SUBDIRS=
@@ -4803,25 +4883,36 @@ fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_gmp___gmpz_init" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_gmp___gmpz_init" >&6; }
if test "x$ac_cv_lib_gmp___gmpz_init" = xyes; then :
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"for external gmp version\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"for external gmp version\"... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for external gmp version" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for external gmp version... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
- echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" >&5
+$as_echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" >&6; }
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <gmp.h>
- int main() {
+
+ #include <gmp.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
#if __GNU_MP_VERSION == 4 || __GNU_MP_VERSION == 5
return 0;
#else
return -1;
#endif
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
# MPFILES=$GMPDIR/mpn/mul_n.o
# PATCHED_SYMBOLS=__gmpn_toom3_mul_n
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: 4/5" >&5
+$as_echo "4/5" >&6; }
MPFILES=
PATCHED_SYMBOLS=
# if test "$use" = "m68k-linux" ; then
@@ -4834,7 +4925,8 @@ if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
MP_INCLUDE=`cpp foo.c | grep /gmp.h | head -n 1 | $AWK '{print $3}' | tr -d '"'`
rm -f foo.c
else
- echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" >&5
+$as_echo "Cannot use dynamic gmp lib" >&6; }
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
@@ -4894,8 +4986,8 @@ $as_echo_n "checking use_gmp=yes, doing
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"for leading underscore in object symbols\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"for leading underscore in object symbols\"... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for leading underscore in object symbols" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for leading underscore in object symbols... " >&6; }
cat>foo.c <<EOFF
#include <math.h>
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -4906,45 +4998,53 @@ if nm foo.o |grep " U " | grep "_cos" >/
LEADING_UNDERSCORE=1
$as_echo "#define LEADING_UNDERSCORE 1" >>confdefs.h
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: \"yes\"" >&5
-$as_echo "\"yes\"" >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
else
LEADING_UNDERSCORE=""
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: \"no\"" >&5
-$as_echo "\"no\"" >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"for GNU ld option -Map\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"for GNU ld option -Map\"... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld option -Map" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld option -Map... " >&6; }
touch map
$CC -o foo -Wl,-Map map foo.o >/dev/null 2>&1
if test `cat map | wc -l` != "0" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: \"yes\"" >&5
-$as_echo "\"yes\"" >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
$as_echo "#define HAVE_GNU_LD 1" >>confdefs.h
GNU_LD=1
else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: \"no\"" >&5
-$as_echo "\"no\"" >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
GNU_LD=
fi
rm -f foo.c foo.o foo map
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"for size of gmp limbs\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"for size of gmp limbs\"... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for size of gmp limbs" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for size of gmp limbs... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
mpsize=0
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
- int main() {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
FILE *fp=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(fp,"%u",sizeof(mp_limb_t));
fclose(fp);
return 0;
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
mpsize=`cat conftest1`
@@ -4956,8 +5056,7 @@ rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.o
fi
if test "$mpsize" = "0" ; then
- echo "Cannot determine mpsize"
- exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "Cannot determine mpsize" "$LINENO" 5
fi
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define MP_LIMB_BYTES $mpsize
@@ -4966,23 +5065,31 @@ _ACEOF
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $mpsize" >&5
$as_echo "$mpsize" >&6; }
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"_SHORT_LIMB\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"_SHORT_LIMB\"... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking _SHORT_LIMB" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking _SHORT_LIMB... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
- int main() {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
#ifdef _SHORT_LIMB
return 0;
#else
return 1;
#endif
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
$as_echo "#define __SHORT_LIMB 1" >>confdefs.h
@@ -4996,23 +5103,31 @@ rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.o
conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"_LONG_LONG_LIMB\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"_LONG_LONG_LIMB\"... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking _LONG_LONG_LIMB" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking _LONG_LONG_LIMB... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
- int main() {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
#ifdef _LONG_LONG_LIMB
return 0;
#else
return 1;
#endif
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
$as_echo "#define __LONG_LONG_LIMB 1" >>confdefs.h
@@ -5351,8 +5466,7 @@ else
fi
if test "$have_dl" = "0" ; then
- echo "Cannot find dlopen in -dl"
- exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "Cannot find dlopen in -dl" "$LINENO" 5
fi
TLIBS="$TLIBS -ldl -rdynamic"
@@ -5410,9 +5524,17 @@ $as_echo_n "checking if need to define C
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#define IN_GCC
+
+ #define IN_GCC
#include <bfd.h>
- int main() { symbol_info t; return 0;}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+symbol_info t; return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
@@ -5423,10 +5545,18 @@ else
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#define CONST const
+
+ #define CONST const
#define IN_GCC
#include <bfd.h>
- int main() {symbol_info t; return 0;}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+symbol_info t; return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
@@ -5459,18 +5589,26 @@ fi
# BFD boolean syntax
#
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for useable bfd_boolean" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for useable bfd_boolean... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for usable bfd_boolean" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for usable bfd_boolean... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#define IN_GCC
+
+ #define IN_GCC
#include <bfd.h>
bfd_boolean foo() {return FALSE;}
- int main() {return 0;}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
@@ -5499,9 +5637,17 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; }
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <bfd.h>
+
+ #include <bfd.h>
#include <bfdlink.h>
- int main() {struct bfd_link_info i;i.output_bfd=0;return 0;}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct bfd_link_info i;i.output_bfd=0;return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
@@ -5832,14 +5978,14 @@ case $use in
*)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking __builtin___clear_cache" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking __builtin___clear_cache... " >&6; }
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
void *v,*ve;
- __builtin___clear_cache(v,ve);
+ __builtin___clear_cache(v,ve);
;
return 0;
@@ -5902,26 +6048,34 @@ $as_echo_n "checking sizeof struct contb
# work around MSYS pwd result incompatibility
if test "$use" = "mingw" ; then
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "Cannot find sizeof struct contblock" "$LINENO" 5
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
#define EXTER
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
#include "h/enum.h"
#include "h/object.h"
- int main(int argc,char **argv,char **envp) {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
FILE *f=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(f,"%u",sizeof(struct contblock));
fclose(f);
return 0;
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
sizeof_contblock=`cat conftest1`
else
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "Cannot find sizeof struct contblock" "$LINENO" 5
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
@@ -5929,26 +6083,34 @@ fi
else
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "Cannot find sizeof struct contblock" "$LINENO" 5
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
#define EXTER
#include "$MP_INCLUDE"
#include "`pwd`/h/enum.h"
#include "`pwd`/h/object.h"
- int main(int argc,char **argv,char **envp) {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
FILE *f=fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(f,"%u",sizeof(struct contblock));
fclose(f);
return 0;
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
sizeof_contblock=`cat conftest1`
else
- echo Cannot find sizeof struct contblock;exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "Cannot find sizeof struct contblock" "$LINENO" 5
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
@@ -5975,7 +6137,11 @@ $as_echo "WARNING: ASSUMING LITTLE ENDIA
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-int main () {
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
/* Are we little or big endian? Adapted from Harbison&Steele. */
union
{
@@ -5984,6 +6150,9 @@ int main () {
} u;
u.d = 1.0;
return u.l[sizeof(double)/sizeof(int)-1] ? 0 : 1;
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
@@ -6014,15 +6183,23 @@ $as_echo "no: WARNING you must be able t
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <unistd.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
- int main() {
+
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
FILE *f;
if (!(f=fopen("conftest1","w")))
return -1;
fprintf(f,"%u",sbrk(0));
return 0;
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
HAVE_SBRK=1
@@ -6049,14 +6226,22 @@ $as_echo_n "checking for ADDR_NO_RANDOMI
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <sys/personality.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
- int main(int argc,char *argv[],char *envp[]) {
+
+ #include <sys/personality.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
FILE *f;
if (!(f=fopen("conftest1","w"))) return -1;
fprintf(f,"%x",ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE);
return 0;
- }
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE=`cat conftest1`
@@ -6086,7 +6271,8 @@ $as_echo_n "checking for personality(ADD
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-void gprof_cleanup() {};
+
+ void gprof_cleanup() {}
int main(int argc,char *argv[],char *envp[]) {
#include "h/unrandomize.h"
return 0;}
@@ -6118,8 +6304,9 @@ $as_echo_n "checking that sbrk is (now)
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
- void gprof_cleanup() {};
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ void gprof_cleanup() {}
int main(int argc,char * argv[],char * envp[]) {
FILE *f;
#ifdef CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK
@@ -6139,17 +6326,16 @@ rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.o
fi
if test "$SBRK" = "0" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cannot trap sbrk" >&5
-$as_echo "cannot trap sbrk" >&6; }
- exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "cannot trap sbrk" "$LINENO" 5
fi
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
SBRK1=0
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
- void gprof_cleanup() {};
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ void gprof_cleanup() {}
int main(int argc,char * argv[],char * envp[]) {
FILE *f;
#ifdef CAN_UNRANDOMIZE_SBRK
@@ -6169,9 +6355,7 @@ rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.o
fi
if test "$SBRK1" = "0" ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cannot trap sbrk" >&5
-$as_echo "cannot trap sbrk" >&6; }
- exit 1
+ as_fn_error 1 "cannot trap sbrk" "$LINENO" 5
fi
if test "$SBRK" = "$SBRK1" ; then
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
@@ -6195,14 +6379,23 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
-int main() {size_t i=getpagesize(),j;
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ size_t i=getpagesize(),j;
FILE *fp=fopen("conftest1","w");
for (j=0;i>>=1;j++);
if (j<12) {printf("pagewidth %u is too small\n",j);return -1;}
fprintf(fp,"%u",j);
- return 0;}
+ return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
PAGEWIDTH=`cat conftest1`
@@ -6224,17 +6417,18 @@ _ACEOF
old_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$TLDFLAGS"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"finding DBEGIN\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"finding DBEGIN\"... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking finding DBEGIN" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking finding DBEGIN... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
dbegin=0
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <stdio.h>
- #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
-void gprof_cleanup() {};
+void gprof_cleanup() {}
int
main(int argc,char * argv[],char *envp[])
{
@@ -6279,21 +6473,28 @@ $as_echo "got $dbegin" >&6; }
LDFLAGS="$old_LDFLAGS"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"finding CSTACK_ADDRESS\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"finding CSTACK_ADDRESS\"... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking finding CSTACK_ADDRESS" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking finding CSTACK_ADDRESS... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
cstack_address=0
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <stdio.h>
-main()
+
+int
+main ()
{
+
char *b ;
FILE *fp = fopen("conftest1","w");
fprintf(fp,"%ld",((long) &b));
fclose(fp);
return 0;
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
@@ -6315,8 +6516,8 @@ $as_echo "got $cstack_address" >&6; }
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking \"sizeof long long int\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking \"sizeof long long int\"... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking sizeof long long int" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking sizeof long long int... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
@@ -6324,13 +6525,19 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; }
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <stdio.h>
-main()
+
+int
+main ()
{
+
if (sizeof(long long int) == 2*sizeof(long)) return 0;
return 1;
-}
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
$as_echo "#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1" >>confdefs.h
@@ -6836,8 +7043,6 @@ fi
# To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
# if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sockets" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for sockets... " >&6; }
tcl_checkBoth=0
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "connect" "ac_cv_func_connect"
if test "x$ac_cv_func_connect" = xyes; then :
@@ -7049,8 +7254,8 @@ fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking For network code for nsocket.c" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking For network code for nsocket.c... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for network code for nsocket.c" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for network code for nsocket.c... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
@@ -7074,7 +7279,7 @@ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_
int
main ()
{
- connect(0,(struct sockaddr *)0,0);
+connect(0,(struct sockaddr *)0,0);
gethostbyname("jil");
socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
@@ -7095,10 +7300,11 @@ rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_obj
conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking check for listen using fcntl" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking check for listen using fcntl... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for listen using fcntl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for listen using fcntl... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <stdio.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
@@ -7174,7 +7380,7 @@ if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&
$EGREP "LITTLE_ENDIAN" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
gcl_ok=yes
else
- gcl_ok=noo
+ gcl_ok=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
@@ -7218,17 +7424,17 @@ $as_echo "O_NONBLOCK" >&6; }
esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking check for SV_ONSTACK" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking check for SV_ONSTACK... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SV_ONSTACK" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for SV_ONSTACK... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <signal.h>
-int joe=SV_ONSTACK;
int
main ()
{
-
+return SV_ONSTACK;
;
return 0;
}
@@ -7245,17 +7451,17 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking check for SIGSYS" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking check for SIGSYS... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SIGSYS" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for SIGSYS... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <signal.h>
-int joe=SIGSYS;
int
main ()
{
-
+return SIGSYS;
;
return 0;
}
@@ -7273,17 +7479,17 @@ fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking check for SIGEMT" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking check for SIGEMT... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SIGEMT" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for SIGEMT... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
+
#include <signal.h>
-int joe=SIGEMT;
int
main ()
{
-
+return SIGEMT;
;
return 0;
}
@@ -7328,11 +7534,12 @@ fi
done
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sigcontext..." >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for sigcontext...... " >&6; }
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sigcontext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for sigcontext... " >&6; }
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <signal.h>
+
+ #include <signal.h>
int
main ()
@@ -7360,11 +7567,12 @@ $as_echo "sigcontext NOT in signal.h" >&
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
if test "$sigcontext_works" = 0 ; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sigcontext..." >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for sigcontext...... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sigcontext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for sigcontext... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <signal.h>
+
+ #include <signal.h>
#ifdef HAVE_ASM_SIGCONTEXT_H
#include <asm/sigcontext.h>
#endif
@@ -7543,26 +7751,41 @@ $as_echo "$INFO_DIR" >&6; }
if test "$enable_tcltk" = "yes" ; then
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tcl/tk" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for tcl/tk... " >&6; }
-
-
-if test -d "${TCL_CONFIG_PREFIX}" ; then true ; else
-rm -f conftest.tcl
-cat >> conftest.tcl <<EOF
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -lieee" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for main in -lieee... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_ieee_main+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lieee $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
-set dir [set tcl_library]
-if { [file exists [file join [set dir] tclConfig.sh]] } {
- puts [set dir]
- exit
- }
-set dir [file dirname [set tcl_library]]
-if { [file exists [file join [set dir] tclConfig.sh]] } {
- puts [set dir]
- }
-EOF
-#cp conftest.tcl foo.tcl
+int
+main ()
+{
+return main ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" = xyes; then :
+ have_ieee=1
+else
+ have_ieee=0
+fi
# Extract the first word of "tclsh", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy tclsh; ac_word=$2
@@ -7602,7 +7825,26 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi
-#AC_CHECK_PROG(TCLSH,tclsh8.0,tclsh8.0,${TCLSH})
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tcl/tk" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for tcl/tk... " >&6; }
+
+
+if test -d "${TCL_CONFIG_PREFIX}" ; then true ; else
+rm -f conftest.tcl
+cat >> conftest.tcl <<EOF
+
+set dir [set tcl_library]
+if { [file exists [file join [set dir] tclConfig.sh]] } {
+ puts [set dir]
+ exit
+ }
+set dir [file dirname [set tcl_library]]
+if { [file exists [file join [set dir] tclConfig.sh]] } {
+ puts [set dir]
+ }
+
+EOF
+#cp conftest.tcl foo.tcl
if test "${TCLSH}" = "" ; then true ; else
TCL_CONFIG_PREFIX=`${TCLSH} < conftest.tcl`
@@ -7677,42 +7919,6 @@ fi
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -llieee" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for main in -llieee... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_lib_lieee_main+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-llieee $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return main ();
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_lib_lieee_main=yes
-else
- ac_cv_lib_lieee_main=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
- conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_lieee_main" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_lieee_main" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_lieee_main" = xyes; then :
- have_ieee=1
-else
- have_ieee=0
-fi
-
if test "$have_ieee" = "0" ; then
TCL_LIBS=`echo ${TCL_LIBS} | sed -e "s:-lieee::g" `
fi
@@ -7758,14 +7964,23 @@ NOTIFY=$enable_notify
# the time handling for unixtime, add timezone
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking alloca" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking alloca... " >&6; }
+# alloca
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for alloca" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for alloca... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
gcl_ok=no
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-int main() { exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
@@ -7787,8 +8002,16 @@ else
else
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <alloca.h>
- int main() { exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);}
+
+ #include <alloca.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit(alloca(500) != NULL ? 0 : 1);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
@@ -7820,8 +8043,6 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; } ; fi
-# alloca
-
# dlopen etc
# idea make it so you do something dlopen(libX.so,RTLD_GLOBAL)
# then dlload("foo.o") a lisp file can refer to things in libX.so
@@ -7845,8 +8066,8 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; } ; fi
# redhat/cygnus released for some reason a buggy version of gcc,
# which no one else released. Catch that here.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking Checking for buggy gcc version from redhat" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking Checking for buggy gcc version from redhat... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for buggy gcc version from redhat" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for buggy gcc version from redhat... " >&6; }
if 2>&1 $CC -v | fgrep "gcc version 2.96" > /dev/null
then
BROKEN_O4_OPT=1
@@ -7886,7 +8107,7 @@ if test -f h/$use.defs ; then
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files makedefc windows/gcl.iss windows/sysdir.bat windows/install.lsp"
-cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+ cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
--- ./install.sh.orig 1999-12-06 15:43:54.000000000 -0700
+++ ./install.sh 2012-07-26 09:59:36.960378201 -0600
@@ -1,19 +1,38 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-#
+#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+
+scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
#
-# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
-# without express or implied warranty.
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
@@ -21,230 +40,488 @@
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
-#
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+ doit_exec=exec
+else
+ doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+ test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+ if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+ posix_glob=
+ else
+ posix_glob=:
+ fi
+ }
+'
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
+stripcmd=
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
- case $1 in
- -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
- shift
- continue;;
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
- -d) dir_arg=true
- shift
- continue;;
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
- -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
- -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
- -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
+Options:
+ --help display this help and exit.
+ --version display version info and exit.
- -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
- shift
- continue;;
+ -c (ignored)
+ -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+ -d create directories instead of installing files.
+ -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+ -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+ -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
+ -s $stripprog installed files.
+ -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
+ -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
- -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+ CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+ RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
- -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) ;;
- *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
- then
- src=$1
- else
- # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
- :
- dst=$1
- fi
- shift
- continue;;
- esac
+ -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift;;
+
+ --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+ -m) mode=$2
+ case $mode in
+ *' '* | *' '* | *'
+'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+ echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ esac
+ shift;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+ -t) dst_arg=$2
+ # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+ case $dst_arg in
+ -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+ esac
+ shift;;
+
+ -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+ --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+ --) shift
+ break;;
+
+ -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+ shift
done
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
- echo "install: no input file specified"
- exit 1
-else
- true
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+ # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+ # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+ # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
+ for arg
+ do
+ if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+ # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+ set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ fi
+ shift # arg
+ dst_arg=$arg
+ # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+ case $dst_arg in
+ -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+ esac
+ done
fi
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
- dst=$src
- src=""
-
- if [ -d $dst ]; then
- instcmd=:
- else
- instcmd=mkdir
- fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+ # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+ exit 0
+fi
- if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
- then
- true
- else
- echo "install: $src does not exist"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if [ x"$dst" = x ]
- then
- echo "install: no destination specified"
- exit 1
- else
- true
- fi
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+ trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+ trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+ trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+ trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+ # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+ # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+ case $mode in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *644) cp_umask=133;;
+ *755) cp_umask=22;;
- if [ -d $dst ]
- then
- dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
- else
- true
- fi
+ *[0-7])
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw='% 200'
+ fi
+ cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+ fi
+ cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+ esac
fi
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+for src
+do
+ # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+ case $src in
+ -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+ esac
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ dst=$src
+ dstdir=$dst
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ else
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+ # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+ # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+ # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+ if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+ echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
+ if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ dst=$dst_arg
-pathcomp=''
+ # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+ # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+ if test -d "$dst"; then
+ if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+ echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ dstdir=$dst
+ dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+ dstdir_status=0
+ else
+ # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+ dstdir=`
+ (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+ expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+ echo X"$dst" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'
+ `
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
- shift
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ fi
+ fi
- if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
- then
- $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+ if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+ case $posix_mkdir in
+ '')
+ # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+ # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+ umask=`umask`
+ case $stripcmd.$umask in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+ .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+ *[0-7])
+ mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+ `;;
+ *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+ esac
+
+ # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+ # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
- true
+ mkdir_mode=
fi
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
+ posix_mkdir=false
+ case $umask in
+ *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+ # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+ # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
- $doit $instcmd $dst &&
+ if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+ # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+ # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+ # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+ # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+ ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+ case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+ d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+ d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+ *) false;;
+ esac &&
+ $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+ ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+ test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+ }
+ }
+ then posix_mkdir=:
+ fi
+ rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+ else
+ # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+ rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+ trap '' 0;;
+ esac;;
+ esac
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
+ if
+ $posix_mkdir && (
+ umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+ )
+ then :
+ else
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+ # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+ # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
+ # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
- if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
- sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
- fi
+ case $dstdir in
+ /*) prefix='/';;
+ [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+ *) prefix='';;
+ esac
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+ eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
- if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ oIFS=$IFS
+ IFS=/
+ $posix_glob set -f
+ set fnord $dstdir
+ shift
+ $posix_glob set +f
+ IFS=$oIFS
+
+ prefixes=
+
+ for d
+ do
+ test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+ prefix=$prefix$d
+ if test -d "$prefix"; then
+ prefixes=
else
- true
+ if $posix_mkdir; then
+ (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+ else
+ case $prefix in
+ *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+ esac
+ prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+ fi
fi
+ prefix=$prefix/
+ done
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+ if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+ test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
- dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+ else
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+ # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
- $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+ trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
- trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+ # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+ (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+ # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+ #
+ # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+ # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+ # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+ #
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+ # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+ if $copy_on_change &&
+ old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
+ new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+ $posix_glob set -f &&
+ set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+ set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+ $posix_glob set +f &&
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+ test "$old" = "$new" &&
+ $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ rm -f "$dsttmp"
+ else
+ # Rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
- $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
- $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
+ # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+ # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+ # support -f.
+ {
+ # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+ # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+ # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+ # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+ # file should still install successfully.
+ {
+ test ! -f "$dst" ||
+ $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+ { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+ { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+ } ||
+ { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+ (exit 1); exit 1
+ }
+ } &&
-fi &&
+ # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+ }
+ fi || exit 1
+ trap '' 0
+ fi
+done
-exit 0
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
--- ./info/texinfo.tex.orig 2002-10-26 09:14:15.000000000 -0600
+++ ./info/texinfo.tex 2012-07-26 09:59:36.968378189 -0600
@@ -1,17 +1,18 @@
% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
+%
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{1999-09-25.10}
+\def\texinfoversion{2012-01-03.09}
%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
-% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
+% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
+% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+% License, or (at your option) any later version.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
@@ -19,25 +20,19 @@
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
%
-% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
-% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
-% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list).
-% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
-% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
%
% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
@@ -50,13 +45,17 @@
% texindex foo.??
% tex foo.texi
% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get
-% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
@@ -66,7 +65,13 @@
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
\let\ptexb=\b
\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
\let\ptexc=\c
@@ -76,30 +81,46 @@
\let\ptexend=\end
\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
\let\ptexstar=\*
\let\ptext=\t
-
-% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
+\let\ptextop=\top
+{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
% starts a new line in the output.
\newlinechar = `^^J
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
@@ -131,46 +152,101 @@
\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
+
+% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+
+% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
+\chardef\ampChar = `\&
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dashChar = `\-
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\hashChar = `\#
+\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\slashChar = `\/
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
% Ignore a token.
%
\def\gobble#1{}
-\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
-\hyphenation{eshell}
-\hyphenation{white-space}
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{
+ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+ ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+ data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+ man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+ par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+ spell-ing spell-ings
+ stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+ wide-spread wrap-around
+}
% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen \bindingoffset
-\newdimen \normaloffset
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
%
\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
- \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-}%
-\else
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
- \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
- \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines16
}%
-\fi
-% For @cropmarks command.
+% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
+% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
+% after all.
+%
+\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
+\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
%
\newif\ifcropmarks
@@ -184,6 +260,50 @@
\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
+% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
+% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
+%
+% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
+% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
+%
+% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
+% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
+% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
+% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
+% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+\def\domark{%
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
+ \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
+ \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
+ \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
+ \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
+ \mark{%
+ \the\toks0 \the\toks2
+ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
+ \noexpand\else \the\toks8
+ }%
+}
+% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
+% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
+% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
+% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
+% first @chapter.
+\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
+ \ifcase0\topmark\fi
+ \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
+}
+\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
+
+% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
+\def\lastchapterdefs{}
+\def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\prevchapterdefs{}
+\def\prevsectiondefs{}
+\def\lastcolordefs{}
+
% Main output routine.
\chardef\PAGE = 255
\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
@@ -201,7 +321,9 @@
%
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
%
{%
@@ -209,11 +331,18 @@
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
%
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
\indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
+ % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+ % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
+ % it needs to be
+ % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
\shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+ %
\ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
\hsize = \outerhsize
\vskip-\topandbottommargin
@@ -237,14 +366,12 @@
\pagebody{#1}%
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
% Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
% The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \vskip 24pt
\unvbox\footlinebox
\fi
%
- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
- %
\ifcropmarks
\egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
\hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
@@ -262,7 +389,7 @@
\egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
\fi
}% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \turnoffactive
+ }% end of group with \indexdummies
\advancepageno
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
}
@@ -275,7 +402,7 @@
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
\rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
}
@@ -295,195 +422,161 @@
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
%
-\def\parsearg#1{%
- \let\next = #1%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+ \def\argtorun{#2}%
\begingroup
\obeylines
- \futurelet\temp\parseargx
-}
-
-% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
-% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
-\def\parseargx{%
- % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
- \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
- \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
- \else
- \expandafter\parseargline
- \fi
+ \spaceisspace
+ #1%
+ \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
}
-% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
-{\obeyspaces %
- \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
-
{\obeylines %
\gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
\endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- %
- % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
- % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
- \argremovec #1\c\relax %
- \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
- %
- % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+ \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
}%
}
-% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
-% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
-% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
-% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
-% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
-% result to \toks0.
+% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
%
-% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
-% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
-% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
-% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
-% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
-% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
-% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
%
-\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
- \begingroup
- \ignoreactivespaces
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
- \endgroup
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#3}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+ \let\temp\finishparsearg
+ \else
+ \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+ \fi
+ % Put the space token in:
+ \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
}
-% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
+% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
%
-\begingroup
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+% is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+ \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+ \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+ \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
\obeyspaces
- \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
-\endgroup
+ \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+ % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+ % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+ % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+ % should produce a line of output anyway.
+ %
+ \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+ % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+ % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+ % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
-%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
-\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
-\def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
-\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
+%
+% \envdef\foo{...}
+% \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
-% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+% At run-time, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
-\def\beginxxx #1{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
-{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
-\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-%
-\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
-\def\endxxx #1{%
- \removeactivespaces{#1}%
- \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
- % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
- \else
- \unmatchedenderror\endthing
- \fi
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
\else
- % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
- \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+ \badenverr
\fi
}
-% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
-%
-\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
\errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+ \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+ not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
}
-
-% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
-%
-\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+ \ifx#1\empty
+ outside of any environment%
+ \else
+ in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+ \fi
}
-
-% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
-% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
-\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
-\def\singlespace{%
- % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below
- % environments. --karl, 6may93
- %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
- %\kern \baselineskip}%
- \setleading \singlespaceskip
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
+%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+ \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+ \else
+ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
+ \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+ \csname E#1\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
}
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
- \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
- @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]%
- @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]%
-@endgroup
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
@@ -503,14 +596,32 @@
% @* forces a line break.
\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+%
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
@@ -525,47 +636,24 @@
% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
% the text is small, which looks bad.
%
-\def\group{\begingroup
- \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+ \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
\errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
\errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
\fi
+ \startsavinginserts
%
- % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
- % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
- % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
- % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
- % above. But it's pretty close.
- \def\Egroup{%
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- \endgroup % End the \group.
- }%
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
- % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
- % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
- % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
- % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
- \everypar = {\strut}%
- %
- % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
- % normal interline spacing.
- \offinterlineskip
- %
- % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
- % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
- % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
- % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
- % empty paragraph.
- \ifx\par\lisppar
- \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
- %
- % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
- \obeylines
- \fi
- %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
% Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
% @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
% end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
@@ -575,6 +663,32 @@
\comment
}
%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above. But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+ % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+ \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\groupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
%
@@ -587,18 +701,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\def\needx #1{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\def\needx#1{%
+\parseargdef\need{%
% Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
\par
@@ -637,37 +740,11 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\fi
}
-% @br forces paragraph break
+% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
\let\br = \par
-% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 1.5em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
- .\hss.\hss.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 2em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
- .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
- }%
- \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
%
\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
@@ -679,57 +756,165 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\newskip\exdentamount
% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
-\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
-\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+ \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
- \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
+%
\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command
+% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
-% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
-\def\include{\begingroup
- \catcode`\\=12
- \catcode`~=12
- \catcode`^=12
- \catcode`_=12
- \catcode`|=12
- \catcode`<=12
- \catcode`>=12
- \catcode`+=12
- \parsearg\includezzz}
-% Restore active chars for included file.
-\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
- % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
+% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+ \pushthisfilestack
\def\thisfile{#1}%
- \input\thisfile
-\endgroup}
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
+ \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
+ %
+ % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
+ % definitions, etc.
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp
+ \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \catcode`-=\other
+ \catcode`\`=\other
+ \catcode`\'=\other
+}
-\def\thisfile{}
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+ \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
-% @center line outputs that line, centered
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+ the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
-\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-\centerline{#1}}}
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+ \ifhmode
+ \let\next\centerH
+ \else
+ \let\next\centerV
+ \fi
+ \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
+ {%
+ \hfil\break
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{#1}%
+ \break
+ }%
+}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
-\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
@@ -744,13 +929,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
\def\noneword{none}
%
-\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
-\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
@@ -767,8 +952,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
-\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
@@ -780,26 +964,58 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\fi
}
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \indent
+ }%
+ \gdef\noindent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \noindent
+ }%
+ \global\everypar = {%
+ \kern -\parindent
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+ \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+ \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global \everypar = {}%
+}
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
@@ -815,20 +1031,20 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
\def\setfilename{%
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
\iflinks
- \readauxfile
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
\fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
\openindices
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
%
% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
% Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
\openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
- \closein1
- \temp
+ \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+ \closein 1
%
\comment % Ignore the actual filename.
}
@@ -864,111 +1080,280 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
- \pdffalse
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\linkcolor = \relax
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
\else
- \pdftrue
- \pdfoutput = 1
- \input pdfcolor
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+ \else
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \pdftrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
+%
+% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
+% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
+% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
+% do this reliably, so we use it.
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
+% which we \xdef.
+\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestring\relax
+ % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
+ % Many times it won't matter.
+ \else
+ % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
+ % backslashes, and other special chars.
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
+with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
+be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
+output) for that.)}
+
+\ifpdf
+ %
+ % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex,
+ % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
+ % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
+ % of actual black.
+ \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+ \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+ %
+ % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+ % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
+ %
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\lastcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ %
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\imagewidth{#2}%
- \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
+ \let\pdfimgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \pdfimage
+ \immediate\pdfimage
\else
- \pdfximage
+ \immediate\pdfximage
\fi
- \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
- \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
- {#1.pdf}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.\pdfimgext
+ \else
+ {#1.\pdfimgext}%
+ \fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz}
- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
- \let\linkcolor = \Cyan
- \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }}
+ %
+ % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ %
+ % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
+ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
% come from Petr Olsak
\def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
\else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
\def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
- \advance\tempnum by1
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1\else\bgroup
- \closein 1
- \indexnofonts
- \def\tt{}
- % thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
- \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
- \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
- %
- \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
- \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{}
- \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
- \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
- \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
- \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \input \jobname.toc
- \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
- \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
- \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
- \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
- \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
- \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
- \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
- \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{%
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
- \input \jobname.toc
- \egroup\fi
- }}
- \def\makelinks #1,{%
- \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
- \ifx\params\E
- \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ %
+ % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+ % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
+ % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+ % #4 is the page number
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
+ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+ % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+ \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
\else
- \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
- \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
- \picknum{#1}%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
- \linkcolor #1%
- \advance\lnkcount by 1%
- \endlink
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
\fi
- \nextmakelinks
+ %
+ % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
+ \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
- \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
- \def\pn#1{%
- \def\p{#1}%
- \ifx\p\lbrace
- \let\nextpn=\ppn
- \else
- \let\nextpn=\ppnn
- \def\first{#1}
- \fi
- \nextpn
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thischapnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+ }%
+ \def\thischapnum{0}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ %
+ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+ % al. a second time, below.
+ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \readdatafile{toc}%
+ %
+ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+ %
+ % We use the node names as the destinations.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+ % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+ % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
+ % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
+ % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+ %
+ % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
+ % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
+ % we use for the index sort strings.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
}
- \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
- \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
- \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
+ %
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
@@ -983,24 +1368,36 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\else
\let \startlink \pdfstartlink
\fi
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
\def\pdfurl#1{%
\begingroup
- \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
- \leavevmode\Red
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+ % special-casing \var here?
+ \def\var##1{##1}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- % #1
\endgroup}
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
\def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
\ifx\first0\adn0
\else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
\else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
\else
\ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
\ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
@@ -1013,38 +1410,358 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
- \linkcolor #1\endlink}
- \def\mkpgn#1{#1@}
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+\else
+ % non-pdf mode
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\setcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
\message{fonts,}
-% Font-change commands.
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
+% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh.
+\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+% So we set up a \sf.
\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
+\def\baselinefactor{1}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \dimen0 = #1\relax
+ \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
+%
+% do nothing with this by default.
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
+
+% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
+% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
+% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<23> <26> <0023>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+40 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1IT
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1IT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<25> <26> <0025>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+42 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<23> <0023>
+<24> <00A3>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1TT
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1TT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+5 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<21> <26> <0021>
+<28> <5F> <0028>
+<61> <7E> <0061>
+endbfrange
+32 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <2191>
+<0C> <2193>
+<0D> <0027>
+<0E> <00A1>
+<0F> <00BF>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<20> <2423>
+<27> <2019>
+<60> <2018>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+\fi\fi
-% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
+% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
+% empty to omit).
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
+ \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
+}
+% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
+\let\cmap\gobble
+% emacs-page end of cmaps
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
\def\fontprefix{cm}
\fi
% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
@@ -1064,196 +1781,621 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\scshape{csc}
\def\scbshape{csc}
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
-% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
+% Texinfo.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1095}
-% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\smalli=cmmi9
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+\def\chapecsize{1728}
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad.
-% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded.
-% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-
-%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than
-%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1.
-%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
-%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
-
-%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
+\def\sececsize{1440}
% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
+\def\ssececsize{1200}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+\def\reducedecsize{1000}
+
+\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
+\textfonts % reset the current fonts
+\rm
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
+% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
+% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
+% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizex{%
+% Text fonts (10pt).
+\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1000}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\chapecsize{1440}
+
+% Section fonts (12pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+\def\sececsize{1200}
+
+% Subsection fonts (10pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi10
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
+\def\ssececsize{1000}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi9
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
+\def\reducedecsize{0900}
+
+\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
+\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
+\textfonts % reset the current fonts
+\rm
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% We provide the user-level command
+% @fonttextsize 10
+% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
+%
+\def\xiword{11}
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xwordpt{10pt}
+%
+\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
+ \def\textsizearg{#1}%
+ %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+ %
+ % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
+ % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
+ %
+ \begingroup \globaldefs=1
+ \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
+ \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
+ \else
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
+ \fi\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
-% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
-% also require loading a lot more fonts).
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
%
\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
- \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
}
-
% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% redefine \bf itself.
+% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
\def\textfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
\let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \resetmathfonts}
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{text}%
+ \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
\def\titlefonts{%
\let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
\let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
\let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
\let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+ \def\curfontsize{title}%
+ \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
\def\chapfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
\let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{chap}%
+ \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
\def\secfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
\let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{sec}%
+ \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
\def\subsecfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
\let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
+ \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
\resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+ \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+ \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
+ \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
\def\smallfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
\let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
\let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
\let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
+ \def\curfontsize{small}%
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\definetextfontsizexi
+
+
+\message{markup,}
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
+% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
+% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
+% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
+% currently in effect.
+\newif\ifmarkupvar
+\newif\ifmarkupsamp
+\newif\ifmarkupkey
+%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
+%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
+\newif\ifmarkupcode
+\newif\ifmarkupkbd
+%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
+%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
+\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
+\newif\ifmarkupexample
+\newif\ifmarkupverb
+\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
+
+\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
+
+\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
+ \csname markup#1true\endcsname
+ \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
+ \markupstylesetup
+}
+
+\let\markupstylesetup\empty
+
+\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup
+ \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}%
+ \def#1%
+}
+
+% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
+\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
+ \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
+ \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
+}
+
+\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
+ \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
+ \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\'=\active
+\catcode`\`=\active
+
+\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq}
+\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq}
+
+\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft}
+\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright}
+
+\gdef\markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft{\let`\noligaturesquoteleft}
+}
+
+\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
+
+\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft
+
+% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
+% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
+% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
+% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
+% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
+%
+\def\codequoteright{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ '%
+ \else \char'15 \fi
+ \else \char'15 \fi
+}
+%
+% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
+% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
+% the code environments to do likewise.
+%
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+ % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+ \relax`%
+ \else \char'22 \fi
+ \else \char'22 \fi
+}
+
+% Commands to set the quote options.
+%
+\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+ = t%
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+%
+\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+ = t%
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
+
% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+% Font commands.
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
+% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
+% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
+\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
+ \ifusingtt
+ {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
+ {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
+\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
+% character) is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
+ \ifx\next,%
+ \else\ifx\next-%
+ \else\ifx\next.%
+ \else\ptexslash
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \aftersmartic
+}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl, and no ic.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
+
+% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
+
+\def\aftersmartic{}
+\def\var#1{%
+ \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
+ \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
+ \smartslanted{#1}%
+}
\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
\let\emph=\smartitalic
-\let\cite=\smartslanted
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
\let\strong=\b
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
@@ -1261,22 +2403,53 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+ }
+ \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+ \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
+
+% @t, explicit typewriter.
\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\null
}
-\let\ttfont=\t
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
- \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+
+% @samp.
+\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
+
+% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
+%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+%\font\keysy=cmsy9
+%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+
+% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already
+% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But
+% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
+%
+\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}%
+ \nohyphenation
+ \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
+ #1}\null}
+
+% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command.
\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
@@ -1300,13 +2473,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\nohyphenation
%
\rawbackslash
- \frenchspacing
+ \plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
- \null
+ \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
}
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
@@ -1316,71 +2489,71 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
% -- rms.
{
- \catcode`\-=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+ \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
%
\global\def\code{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
- \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
+ % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers.
+ \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \ifallowcodebreaks
+ \let-\codedash
+ \let_\codeunder
+ \else
+ \let-\realdash
+ \let_\realunder
+ \fi
\codex
}
- %
- % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
- % just treat them as a normal -.
- \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
}
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}}
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
-\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
- \def\arg{#1}%
- \ifx\arg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \fi\fi\fi
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-% Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro,
-% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.)
-\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
+% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
+% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
+%
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
-% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+ \allowcodebreakstrue
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+ \allowcodebreaksfalse
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
+% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while
+% for comparison.)
+\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish}
+\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
@@ -1401,9 +2574,110 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\endlink
\endgroup}
+% This \urefbreak definition is the active one.
+\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
+\let\uref=\urefbreak
+\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
+\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
+\def\urefcatcodes{%
+ \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active
+ \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active
+ \catcode\slashChar=\active
+}
+{
+ \urefcatcodes
+ %
+ \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
+ \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
+ \urefcatcodes
+ \let&\urefcodeamp
+ \let.\urefcodedot
+ \let#\urefcodehash
+ \let?\urefcodequest
+ \let/\urefcodeslash
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ % By default, they are just regular characters.
+ \global\def&{\normalamp}
+ \global\def.{\normaldot}
+ \global\def#{\normalhash}
+ \global\def?{\normalquest}
+ \global\def/{\normalslash}
+}
+
+% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
+% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in
+% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
+\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em }
+\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em }
+%
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
+{
+ \catcode`\/=\active
+ \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
+ \urefprestretch \slashChar
+ % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
+ % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
+ \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
+ }
+}
+
+% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
+% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
+% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
+%
+\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
+ \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\wordafter{after}
+\def\wordbefore{before}
+\def\wordnone{none}
+
+\urefbreakstyle after
+
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
+%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
\ifpdf
\def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
@@ -1418,36 +2692,478 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\let\email=\uref
\fi
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+\def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}}
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct'.
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
+\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
+
+% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
+\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
+\def\click{\arrow}
% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
%
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+%
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+ \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
-% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
-\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+%
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+ \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+ }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
+% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
+ $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \catcode`' = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ \let' = \ptexquoteright
+ }
+}
+
+% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
+% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
+% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
+%
+\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
+%
+\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
+\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+}
+% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
+% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
+% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
+% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
+% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
+% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
+% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
+%
+\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
+\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
+\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+ \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
+}
+
+
+\message{glyphs,}
+% and logos.
+
+% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
+\def\@{\char64 }
+\let\atchar=\@
+
+% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
+% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
+% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
+\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}}
+\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
+\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \ptexc
+\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \ptext
+\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+ L\kern-.36em
+ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
+ \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
+ % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+ % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
+ \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+ \else
+ % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
+ \selectfonts\lllsize A%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }}%
+ \kern-.15em
+ \TeX
+}
+
+% Some math mode symbols.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
+\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
+\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+ \dimen0 = \wd0
+ \else
+ \dimen0 = 1.5em
+ \fi
+ \hbox to \dimen0{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \dots
+ \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{%
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+%
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+%
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+%
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+%
+% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+%
+%
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+ % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+ % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+ % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+ % font installed.
+ %
+ % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+ % that to the current nominal size.
+ %
+ % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+ % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+ %
+ \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+ \fi
+ \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
+% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
+% the redefinition.
+%
+% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
+\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
+\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
+\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
+\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
+%
+\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
+\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
+\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
+\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
+\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
+\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
+\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
+\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
+%
+% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
+% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
+% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
+% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
+%
+% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
+% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
+% the same EC font.
+\def\ogonek#1{{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
+ \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
+ \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
+ \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
+ \else
+ \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
+ \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi
+ }%
+}
+\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
+\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
+\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
+\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
+%
+% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs.
+\def\ecfont{%
+ % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
+ % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
+ % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
+ % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
+ \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
+ \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \fi
+ \thisecfont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
+%
+\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+%
+\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+% Quotes.
+\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
+\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
+\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
+\chardef\quoteright=`\'
+
\message{page headings,}
@@ -1466,87 +3182,102 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
\let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
-\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
+ \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
- \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
- %
- \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
- %
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- %
- % Now you can print the title using @title.
- \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
- \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
- \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
- \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
- %
- % @author should come last, but may come many times.
- \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
- \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+ % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
\iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
+ \finishtitlepage
\fi
- \oldpage
\let\page = \oldpage
- \hbox{}}%
-% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+ \page
+ \null
+ }%
}
\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
- %
- \HEADINGSon
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
}
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \leftline{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+ \def\temp{\quotation}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+ \else
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+ {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% Set up page headings and footings.
\let\thispage=\folio
@@ -1555,7 +3286,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-% Now make Tex use those variables
+% Now make TeX use those variables
\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
\else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
@@ -1569,43 +3300,64 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% @evenfooting @thisfile||
% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 %
-
-\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
- \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
-\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
+% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
%
-}% unbind the catcode of @.
+% The same set of arguments for:
+%
+% @oddheadingmarks
+% @evenfootingmarks
+% @oddfootingmarks
+% @everyheadingmarks
+% @everyfootingmarks
+
+\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
+\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
+\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
+\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
+\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+ \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
+\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+ \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
+% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
+\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
+}
+
+\everyheadingmarks bottom
+\everyfootingmarks bottom
% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
@@ -1619,16 +3371,20 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-\def\HEADINGSoff{
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
+\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
+ \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
+ \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
+\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
+
% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
\global\pageno=1
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
@@ -1640,7 +3396,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
\global\pageno=1
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
@@ -1670,7 +3426,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line
}
% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\thisisundefined
\def\today{%
\number\day\space
\ifcase\month
@@ -1679,16 +3438,16 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
\fi
\space\number\year}
+\fi
% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
% It generates no output of its own.
\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
-\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
% default indentation of table text
\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
@@ -1700,7 +3459,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
\newdimen\itemmax
-% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
% these defs.
% They also define \itemindex
% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
@@ -1712,22 +3471,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-
-\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
- \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
- \itemzzz {#1}}
-
\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
\advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
\itemindex{#1}%
\nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
%
@@ -1743,7 +3490,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\begingroup
\advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
\advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
\leavevmode\unhbox0\par
\endgroup
%
@@ -1751,10 +3498,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
\nobreak \vskip-\parskip
%
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately
- % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
- % \baselineskip glue.
- \nobreak
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
+ % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+ % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+ % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
+ % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+ % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
+ %
+ \penalty 10001
\endgroup
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
\else
@@ -1773,97 +3524,116 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\fi
}
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
-\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
-\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
-\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
-\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
-
-% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
-\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
-
-\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
-\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
-\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\dontindex #1{}
-\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-
-\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\begingroup %
-\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
-\let\itemindex=#1%
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\parindent = 0pt
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+\envdef\table{%
+ \let\itemindex\gobble
+ \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+ \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+ \endgroup
+ \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+ that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+ \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \let\next\tablex
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+ \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+ \parsearg\tabley
}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+ \itemmax=\tableindent
+ \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+ \exdentamount=\tableindent
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \parskip = \smallskipamount
+ \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \let\item = \internalBitem
+ \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
\newcount \itemno
-\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-\def\itemizezzz #1{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
- \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ %
+ % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says
+ % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
+ % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
+ % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
+ % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
+ %
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ %
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
}
-\def\itemizey #1#2{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\itemmax=\itemindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
-\exdentamount=\itemindent
-\parindent = 0pt %
-\parskip = \smallskipamount %
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\def\itemcontents{#1}%
-\let\item=\itemizeitem}
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% These are `.?!:;,'
-\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
- \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+ \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
+ {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+ {%
+ % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+ % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+ % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
+ % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
+ % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+ % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+ % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
+ % that's the theory.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+ %
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \flushcr
+}
% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
@@ -1874,11 +3644,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
% argument is the same as `1'.
%
-\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
-\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
- %
% If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
\def\thearg{#1}%
\ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
@@ -1949,13 +3716,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line
}%
}
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
%
\def\startenumeration#1{%
\advance\itemno by -1
- \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+ \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
}
% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
@@ -1966,16 +3733,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
% @multitable macros
% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
@@ -2002,24 +3759,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line
% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
% @item ...
% using the widest term desired in each column.
-%
-% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
-% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
-% will parse correctly, i.e.,
-%
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
-% template}
-% Not:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
-% {Column 3 template}
% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
-% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
% Sample multitable:
@@ -2063,13 +3810,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
\newif\ifsetpercent
-% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
-% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
-% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
-% percent of \hsize for this column.
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
\global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
\setuptable
}
@@ -2086,8 +3832,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\let\go\pickupwholefraction
\else
\global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
- % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
\fi
\fi
@@ -2102,18 +3848,40 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\go
}
-% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is
-% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we
-% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{&}
+% multitable-only commands.
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to
+% undo it ourselves.
+\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
+\def\headitem{%
+ \checkenv\multitable
+ \crcr
+ \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
+ \the\everytab % for the first item
+}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
%
-\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
\vskip\parskip
- \let\item\crcr
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+ % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+ % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+ % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+ \def\item{\crcr}%
+ %
\tolerance=9500
\hbadness=9500
\setmultitablespacing
@@ -2121,373 +3889,281 @@ where each line of input produces a line
\parindent=\multitableparindent
\overfullrule=0pt
\global\colcount=0
- \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
%
+ \everycr = {%
+ \noalign{%
+ \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ \checkinserts
+ % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ %\filbreak
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+ % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
+ % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
% To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
%
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
- \everycr{\noalign{%
- %
- % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
- % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
- % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
- \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
- %
% This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
% be used as many times as user calls for columns.
% \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
% continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
- \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %
- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
- \else
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
- % characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+ \halign\bgroup &%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \multistrut
+ \vtop{%
+ % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+ \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+ % marking characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+ }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+ \crcr
+ \egroup % end the \halign
+ \global\setpercentfalse
}
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
+\def\setmultitablespacing{%
+ \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
+ %
+ % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
+ % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
+ % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
+ % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-\else
-%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\fi
+% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+% table. If not, do nothing.
+% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ % than skip between lines in the table.
\fi%
\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ % than skip between lines in the table.
\fi}
\message{conditionals,}
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
- \let\chapter=\relax
- \let\unnumbered=\relax
- \let\top=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
- \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
- \let\section=\relax
- \let\subsec=\relax
- \let\subsubsec=\relax
- \let\subsection=\relax
- \let\subsubsection=\relax
- \let\appendix=\relax
- \let\appendixsec=\relax
- \let\appendixsection=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
- \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
- \let\contents=\relax
- \let\smallbook=\relax
- \let\titlepage=\relax
-}
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
- \let\defcodeindex = \relax
- \let\defcv = \relax
- \let\deffn = \relax
- \let\deffnx = \relax
- \let\defindex = \relax
- \let\defivar = \relax
- \let\defmac = \relax
- \let\defmethod = \relax
- \let\defop = \relax
- \let\defopt = \relax
- \let\defspec = \relax
- \let\deftp = \relax
- \let\deftypefn = \relax
- \let\deftypefun = \relax
- \let\deftypeivar = \relax
- \let\deftypeop = \relax
- \let\deftypevar = \relax
- \let\deftypevr = \relax
- \let\defun = \relax
- \let\defvar = \relax
- \let\defvr = \relax
- \let\ref = \relax
- \let\xref = \relax
- \let\printindex = \relax
- \let\pxref = \relax
- \let\settitle = \relax
- \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
- \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
- \let\everyheading = \relax
- \let\evenheading = \relax
- \let\oddheading = \relax
- \let\everyfooting = \relax
- \let\evenfooting = \relax
- \let\oddfooting = \relax
- \let\headings = \relax
- \let\include = \relax
- \let\lowersections = \relax
- \let\down = \relax
- \let\raisesections = \relax
- \let\up = \relax
- \let\set = \relax
- \let\clear = \relax
- \let\item = \relax
+\def\makecond#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
-%
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-
-% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
%
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
- % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
- % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+ % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+ \obeylines
+ \catcode`\@ = \other
+ \catcode`\{ = \other
+ \catcode`\} = \other
%
% Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \catcode32 = 10
- %
- % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
- \catcode`\{ = 9
- \catcode`\} = 9
- %
- % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
- \catcode`\@ = 12
+ \spaceisspace
%
- % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
- % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
- % @c @end ifinfo
- % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
- % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
- \catcode`\c = 14
+ % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+ \doignorecount = 0
%
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
-%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
- \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
- % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
- % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
- \immediate\write16{}
- \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
- \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
- \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
- \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
- \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
- \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
- \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
- \immediate\write16{}
- \global\warnedobstrue
- \fi
+ % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+ \dodoignore{#1}%
}
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
- \obstexwarn
- % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
- % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
- % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
- % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
- % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+ \obeylines %
%
- \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
- % @end command again.
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
- %
- % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
- % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
- % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
- % undefine them.
- %
- % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
- % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
- \ignoremorecommands
- %
- % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
- % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
- % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
- % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
- % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
- % stuff compared to the main input.
- %
- \nullfont
- \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
- \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
- \let\tensf=\nullfont
- % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
- \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
- \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
- \let\smallsf=\nullfont
- %
- % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
- \tracinglostchars = 0
- %
- % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
- \frenchspacing
+ \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+ % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
%
- % Don't report underfull hboxes.
- \hbadness = 10000
+ % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+ \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
%
- % Do minimal line-breaking.
- \pretolerance = 10000
+ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+ \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
%
- % Do not execute instructions in @tex
- \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
- % Do not execute macro definitions.
- % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
- \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \doignoretext ^^M%
+ }%
}
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
+ \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+ \else % Found a nested condition, ...
+ \advance\doignorecount by 1
+ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
+ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+ \fi
+ \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
+ \let\next\enddoignore
+ \else % Still inside a nested condition.
+ \advance\doignorecount by -1
+ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+ % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+ % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+ % would result in a blank line in the output.
+ \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
+
+
% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
%
% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% losing inside @example, for instance.
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
%
-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
- \parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
- \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
- \fi
- \endgroup
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \next{}%
+ \else
+ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+ \fi
+ }%
}
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
%
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+ }%
+}
% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
%
- % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
- % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
- \gdef\value{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
- \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
- \valuexxx}
+ \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ % We don't want these characters active, ...
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+ % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+ \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+ }
}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
-% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
-% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
-% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
-% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
-% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
-% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
%
\def\expandablevalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
{[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
@@ -2496,66 +4172,36 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
%
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifsetfail
- \else
- \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
- \fi
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
%
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
- \else
- \expandafter\ifclearfail
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
-% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex'
-% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
-%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
-
-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
-% the @ifset might be nested.)
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
- \edef\temp{%
- % Remember the current value of \E#1.
- \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
- %
- % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
- \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
-% control sequences after we've constructed them.
-%
-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
% @defininfoenclose.
\let\definfoenclose=\comment
@@ -2565,9 +4211,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% Index generation facilities
% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
@@ -2587,42 +4232,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
}
% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-
+%
\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
\iflinks
\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
\fi
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+%
% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
% inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
@@ -2642,265 +4293,486 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-\def\indexdummies{%
-\def\ { }%
-% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
-\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
-\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
-\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
-\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
-\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
-\def\={\realbackslash =}%
-\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
-\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
-\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
-\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
-\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
-\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
-\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
-\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
-\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
-\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
-\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
-\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
-\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
-\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
-\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
-\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
-% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
-% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
-% laboriously list every single command here.)
-\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
-% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-\let\{ = \mylbrace
-\let\} = \myrbrace
-\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
-\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
-%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
-\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
-\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
-\def\result{\realbackslash result}%
-\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}%
-\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}%
-\def\print{\realbackslash print}%
-\def\error{\realbackslash error}%
-\def\point{\realbackslash point}%
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}%
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
-\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}%
-\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}%
-\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}%
-\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}%
-\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}%
-\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
-\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
-\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
-\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}%
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
-\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}%
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
%
-% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
-% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
-% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-\let\value = \expandablevalue
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ %
+ % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
+ % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more
+ % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we
+ % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma.
+ \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
+ \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
+ %
+ % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
+ % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
+ % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
+ % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
+ % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
+ % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
+ % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
+ % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
+ % is still getting written without apparent harm.
+ %
+ % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
+ % help-texinfo, 22may06):
+ % @macro funindex {WORD}
+ % @findex xyz
+ % @end macro
+ % ...
+ % @funindex commtest
+ %
+ % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
+ %
+ % Sample whatsit resulting:
+ % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
+ %
+ % So:
+ \let\endinput = \empty
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
+% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
+% this will be simpler.
%
-\unsepspaces
-% Turn off macro expansion
-\turnoffmacros
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \def\@{@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+ \otherbackslash
}
-% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-{\obeyspaces
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+ % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
+ % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+ % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+ \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ \definedummyletter\_%
+ \definedummyletter\-%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword\AA
+ \definedummyword\AE
+ \definedummyword\DH
+ \definedummyword\L
+ \definedummyword\O
+ \definedummyword\OE
+ \definedummyword\TH
+ \definedummyword\aa
+ \definedummyword\ae
+ \definedummyword\dh
+ \definedummyword\exclamdown
+ \definedummyword\l
+ \definedummyword\o
+ \definedummyword\oe
+ \definedummyword\ordf
+ \definedummyword\ordm
+ \definedummyword\questiondown
+ \definedummyword\ss
+ \definedummyword\th
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword\bf
+ \definedummyword\gtr
+ \definedummyword\hat
+ \definedummyword\less
+ \definedummyword\sf
+ \definedummyword\sl
+ \definedummyword\tclose
+ \definedummyword\tt
+ %
+ \definedummyword\LaTeX
+ \definedummyword\TeX
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword\arrow
+ \definedummyword\bullet
+ \definedummyword\comma
+ \definedummyword\copyright
+ \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
+ \definedummyword\dots
+ \definedummyword\enddots
+ \definedummyword\entrybreak
+ \definedummyword\equiv
+ \definedummyword\error
+ \definedummyword\euro
+ \definedummyword\expansion
+ \definedummyword\geq
+ \definedummyword\guillemetleft
+ \definedummyword\guillemetright
+ \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
+ \definedummyword\guilsinglright
+ \definedummyword\leq
+ \definedummyword\minus
+ \definedummyword\ogonek
+ \definedummyword\pounds
+ \definedummyword\point
+ \definedummyword\print
+ \definedummyword\quotedblbase
+ \definedummyword\quotedblleft
+ \definedummyword\quotedblright
+ \definedummyword\quoteleft
+ \definedummyword\quoteright
+ \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
+ \definedummyword\result
+ \definedummyword\textdegree
+ %
+ % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+ \macrolist
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \makevalueexpandable
+}
-% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
-% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
-\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
-\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-\def\indexdummydots{...}
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter\!%
+ \definedummyaccent\"%
+ \definedummyaccent\'%
+ \definedummyletter\*%
+ \definedummyaccent\,%
+ \definedummyletter\.%
+ \definedummyletter\/%
+ \definedummyletter\:%
+ \definedummyaccent\=%
+ \definedummyletter\?%
+ \definedummyaccent\^%
+ \definedummyaccent\`%
+ \definedummyaccent\~%
+ \definedummyword\u
+ \definedummyword\v
+ \definedummyword\H
+ \definedummyword\dotaccent
+ \definedummyword\ogonek
+ \definedummyword\ringaccent
+ \definedummyword\tieaccent
+ \definedummyword\ubaraccent
+ \definedummyword\udotaccent
+ \definedummyword\dotless
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword\b
+ \definedummyword\i
+ \definedummyword\r
+ \definedummyword\sansserif
+ \definedummyword\sc
+ \definedummyword\slanted
+ \definedummyword\t
+ %
+ % Commands that take arguments.
+ \definedummyword\acronym
+ \definedummyword\anchor
+ \definedummyword\cite
+ \definedummyword\code
+ \definedummyword\command
+ \definedummyword\dfn
+ \definedummyword\dmn
+ \definedummyword\email
+ \definedummyword\emph
+ \definedummyword\env
+ \definedummyword\file
+ \definedummyword\indicateurl
+ \definedummyword\kbd
+ \definedummyword\key
+ \definedummyword\math
+ \definedummyword\option
+ \definedummyword\pxref
+ \definedummyword\ref
+ \definedummyword\samp
+ \definedummyword\strong
+ \definedummyword\tie
+ \definedummyword\uref
+ \definedummyword\url
+ \definedummyword\var
+ \definedummyword\verb
+ \definedummyword\w
+ \definedummyword\xref
+}
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
\def\indexnofonts{%
-% Just ignore accents.
-\let\,=\indexdummyfont
-\let\"=\indexdummyfont
-\let\`=\indexdummyfont
-\let\'=\indexdummyfont
-\let\^=\indexdummyfont
-\let\~=\indexdummyfont
-\let\==\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\c=\indexdummyfont
-\let\d=\indexdummyfont
-\let\u=\indexdummyfont
-\let\v=\indexdummyfont
-\let\H=\indexdummyfont
-\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{oe}%
-\def\ae{ae}%
-\def\aa{aa}%
-\def\OE{OE}%
-\def\AE{AE}%
-\def\AA{AA}%
-\def\o{o}%
-\def\O{O}%
-\def\l{l}%
-\def\L{L}%
-\def\ss{ss}%
-\let\w=\indexdummyfont
-\let\t=\indexdummyfont
-\let\r=\indexdummyfont
-\let\i=\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
-\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
-\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
-\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
-%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
-%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
-\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
-\let\code=\indexdummyfont
-\let\url=\indexdummyfont
-\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
-\let\env=\indexdummyfont
-\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont
-\let\command=\indexdummyfont
-\let\option=\indexdummyfont
-\let\file=\indexdummyfont
-\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
-\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
-\let\key=\indexdummyfont
-\let\var=\indexdummyfont
-\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
-\let\dots=\indexdummydots
-\def\@{@}%
+ % Accent commands should become @asis.
+ \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ % We can just ignore other control letters.
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+ % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
+ \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
+ %
+ % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the
+ % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings
+ % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }.
+ \def\{{|a}%
+ \def\}{|b}%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\DH{DZZ}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\TH{ZZZ}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\dh{dzz}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\ordf{a}%
+ \def\ordm{o}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\th{zzz}%
+ %
+ \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+ \def\TeX{TeX}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+ \def\arrow{->}%
+ \def\bullet{bullet}%
+ \def\comma{,}%
+ \def\copyright{copyright}%
+ \def\dots{...}%
+ \def\enddots{...}%
+ \def\equiv{==}%
+ \def\error{error}%
+ \def\euro{euro}%
+ \def\expansion{==>}%
+ \def\geq{>=}%
+ \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
+ \def\guillemetright{>>}%
+ \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
+ \def\guilsinglright{>}%
+ \def\leq{<=}%
+ \def\minus{-}%
+ \def\point{.}%
+ \def\pounds{pounds}%
+ \def\print{-|}%
+ \def\quotedblbase{"}%
+ \def\quotedblleft{"}%
+ \def\quotedblright{"}%
+ \def\quoteleft{`}%
+ \def\quoteright{'}%
+ \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
+ \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \def\result{=>}%
+ \def\textdegree{o}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax
+ \else \indexlquoteignore \fi
+ %
+ % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+ % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+ % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
+ % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
+ % that starts with \.
+ %
+ % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+ % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
+ % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+ %
+ \macrolist
}
-% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
-% We must first make another character (@) an escape
-% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
- @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us
+% ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+{\catcode`\`=\active
+ \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}}
\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-% For \ifx comparisons.
-\def\emptymacro{\empty}
-
% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-%
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
-% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
%
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
\fi
- {%
- \count255=\lastpenalty
- {%
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \escapechar=`\\
- {%
- \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
- \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
- %
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- %
- % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
- \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro
- \let\subentry = \empty
- \else
- \def\subentry{ #3}%
- \fi
- %
- % First process the index entry with all font commands turned
- % off to get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
- %
- % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- %
- % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
- % string. And include a space.
- \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
- \fi
- %
- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
- % and the original text, including any font commands. We write
- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
- % two when writing the .??s sorted result.
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
- \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
- }%
- %
- % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
- % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
- % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
- % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
- % like this:
- % @end defun
- % @tindex whatever
- % @defun ...
- % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
- % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
- % the previous defun.
- %
- % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
- % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
- %
- % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
- %
- \iflinks
- \ifvmode
- \skip0 = \lastskip
- \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
- \fi
- %
- \temp % do the write
- %
- %
- \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
- \fi
- }%
- }%
- \penalty\count255
+ %
+ % Remember, we are within a group.
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
}%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\writeto{%
+ \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
+% sequences like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+\newskip\whatsitskip
+\newcount\whatsitpenalty
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\safewhatsit#1{%
+\ifhmode
+ #1%
+\else
+ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+ \whatsitskip = \lastskip
+ \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+ \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
+ %
+ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+ % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ \else
+ \vskip-\whatsitskip
+ \fi
+ %
+ #1%
+ %
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+ % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
+ % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+ % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+ % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ %
+ % @deffn deffn-whatever
+ % @vindex index-whatever
+ % Description.
+ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+ % and the "Description." paragraph.
+ \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
+ \else
+ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+ \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
+ \fi
+\fi
}
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
@@ -2938,13 +4810,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
%
-\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
-\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
%
\smallfonts \rm
\tolerance = 9500
- \indexbreaks
+ \plainfrenchspacing
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
%
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
% Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
@@ -2971,7 +4843,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
% character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
% to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+ \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
\catcode`\\ = 0
\escapechar = `\\
\begindoublecolumns
@@ -2993,7 +4865,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- \penalty -300
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
+ \penalty 0
+ \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
@@ -3003,93 +4878,123 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
\leftline{\secbf #1}%
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
- %
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
}}
-% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
-% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
-% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
-\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
- % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
- % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
- \noindent
- %
- % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
- #1%
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#2}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+% \def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+% --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+ \begingroup
%
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
%
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+ % columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
+ % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
+ % titles, for instance.
+ \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+ \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}%
+ %
+ % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+ \afterassignment\doentry
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+\def\doentry{%
+ \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+ \noindent
+ \aftergroup\finishentry
+ % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+ % #1 is the page number.
+ %
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
+ \ %
\else
- \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \ \the\toksA
+ \else
+ \ #1%
+ \fi
\fi
- \fi%
- \par
-\endgroup}
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+}
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-
-\def\secondary #1#2{
-{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
}}
% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
@@ -3149,7 +5054,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
%
% Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
% since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
}
@@ -3163,6 +5067,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% previous page.
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
\setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
@@ -3170,16 +5075,47 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\unvbox255
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
\def\pagesofar{%
- % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
- % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
\unvbox\partialpage
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
\hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
+ % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
+ % following situation:
+ %
+ % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
+ % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
+ % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
+ % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
+ % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
+ % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
+ % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
+ % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
+ % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
+ % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
+ % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
+ % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
+ % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
+ % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
+ % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
+ % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
+ % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
+ % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+ % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
+ %
+ % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
+ % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
+ \penalty0
+ %
\output = {%
% Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
% current page, no automatic page break.
@@ -3203,8 +5139,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
\pagegoal = \vsize
}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
\def\balancecolumns{%
- % Called at the end of the double column material.
\setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
\advance\dimen@ by \topskip
@@ -3234,6 +5171,27 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\message{sectioning,}
% Chapters, sections, etc.
+% Let's start with @part.
+\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
+\def\partzzz#1{%
+ \chapoddpage
+ \null
+ \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
+ \begingroup
+ \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
+ \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
+ \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
+ \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
+ \chapoddpage
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
\newcount\chapno
\newcount\secno \secno=0
\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
@@ -3241,9 +5199,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+%
% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
\def\appendixletter{%
\ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
@@ -3279,13 +5240,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
+% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
+% these. @section does likewise.
\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thischapternum{}
+\def\thischaptername{}
\def\thissection{}
+\def\thissectionnum{}
+\def\thissectionname{}
\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
@@ -3295,287 +5261,262 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#2}
-\or
- \seczzz{#2}
-\or
- \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \chapterzzz{#2}
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+ % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+ \absseclevel=#2
+ \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+ % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+ \absseclevel = 0
\else
- \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+ \absseclevel = 3
+ \fi
\fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \appendixzzz{#2}
+ % The heading type:
+ \def\headtype{#1}%
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
+ \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
+ \fi
\else
- \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ % Check for appendix sections:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+ \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+ \else
+ \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+ \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
+ \def\headtype{U}%
+ \else
+ \chardef\unnlevel = 3
+ \fi
\fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+ % Now print the heading:
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
\else
- \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \if \headtype A%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#3}%
+ \or \seczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\fi
-\fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
}
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
-\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
-\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
-\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz #1{%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+ % as an @include file.
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\chapno by 1
+ %
+ % Used for \float.
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
+ \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % Write the actual heading.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
}
-\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
-\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz #1{%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \appendixno by 1
-\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\global\let\section = \appendixsec
-\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
+%
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
+ \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+ %
+ % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+ \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}%
+ \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
}
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
-\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+ % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+ % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
+ % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+ \unnmhead0{#1}%
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-
-\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-%
-% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-% to be executed, not expanded).
-%
-% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
-% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
-% the toc entries.)
-\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
-%
-\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
-\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
+\let\top\unnumbered
% Sections.
-\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
-\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz #1{%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\nobreak
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
}
-\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\nobreak
+% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
-\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\nobreak
+% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
}
% Subsections.
-\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\nobreak
+%
+% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
-\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\nobreak
+% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
-\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry%
- {\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\nobreak
+% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% Subsubsections.
-\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\nobreak
+%
+% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\nobreak
+% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry%
- {\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\nobreak
+% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
% These macros control what the section commands do, according
% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
@@ -3587,42 +5528,54 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+\def\majorheading{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
-\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
-\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
-{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright
+ \rmisbold #1\hfill}}%
+ \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
-\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
-\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
\newskip\chapheadingskip
+% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
+% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
+% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
+\def\chapoddpage{%
+ \chappager
+ \ifodd\pageno \else
+ \begingroup
+ \headingsoff
+ \null
+ \chappager
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
@@ -3637,7 +5590,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
@@ -3645,107 +5598,293 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\CHAPPAGon
-\def\CHAPFplain{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Plain chapter opening.
-% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
-\def\chfplain#1#2{%
+% Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\thissection{}}%
+ %
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{}}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
+ % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
+ % commands in some of the translations.
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
+ \noexpand\thischapternum:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
+ % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
+ % commands in some of the translations.
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
+ \noexpand\thischapternum:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ }%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+ % the preceding space.
+ \safewhatsit\domark
+ %
+ % Insert the chapter heading break.
\pchapsepmacro
+ %
+ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
+ % between here and the heading.
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \domark
+ %
{%
- \chapfonts \rm
- \def\chapnum{#2}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \chapfonts \rmisbold
+ %
+ % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
+ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{numchap}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
+ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+ %
+ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+ % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+ \donoderef{#2}%
+ %
+ % Typeset the actual heading.
+ \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
\unhbox0 #1\par}%
}%
\nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
\nobreak
}
-% Plain opening for unnumbered.
-\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
-
% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
- \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- }%
- \chfplain{#1}{}%
-}}
+\def\centerparameters{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
-\CHAPFplain % The default
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+%
\def\unnchfopen #1{%
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+ \parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright
+ \rmisbold #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
}
-
\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
\par\penalty 5000 %
}
-
\def\centerchfopen #1{%
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
\parindent=0pt
- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+ \hfill {\rmisbold #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
}
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+ \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-% Section titles.
+% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
-\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
-\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
% Subsection titles.
-\newskip \subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
-\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
% Subsubsection titles.
-\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
-\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
-\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-% Print any size section title.
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
%
-% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
-% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
- {%
- \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
- \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
- }%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\seckeyword{sec}
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
+ \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment.
+ %
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
%
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
- \def\secnum{#2}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
%
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #3}%
+ % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
+ \fi
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % Don't redefine \thissection.
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+ % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
+ % commands in some of the translations.
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
+ \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+ \noexpand\thissectionname}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+ % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
+ % commands in some of the translations.
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
+ \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+ \noexpand\thissectionname}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
+ % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
+ % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+ % the preceding space.
+ \safewhatsit\domark
+ %
+ % Insert space above the heading.
+ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+ %
+ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
+ % between here and the heading.
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \domark
+ %
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unn}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+ % and don't redefine \lastsection.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{num}%
+ \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+ % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+ \donoderef{#3}%
+ %
+ % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+ % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+ % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+ % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
+ % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+ % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % Output the actual section heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #1}%
}%
- \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+ % Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+ %
+ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+ % was followed by glue.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+ % discardable item.)
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
+ % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
+ % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ % @section sec-whatever
+ % @deffn def-whatever
+ \penalty 10001
}
@@ -3754,161 +5893,238 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\newwrite\tocfile
% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
-% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
%
-% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
-% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
%
\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\writetocentry#1{%
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ {\atdummies
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ }%
+ \fi
\fi
- \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+ % `1', and two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+%
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\"=\active
+ \catcode`\$=\active
+ \catcode`\<=\active
+ \catcode`\>=\active
+ \catcode`\\=\active
+ \catcode`\^=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\|=\active
+ \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+ \setupdatafile
+ \activecatcodes
+ \input \tocreadfilename
}
\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
\newcount\savepageno
\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
-% to \tocfile.
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
%
\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
- % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
- % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
- %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
}
+% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
+% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
+%
+\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
% Normal (long) toc.
+%
\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \pageno = \savepageno
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
}
% And just the chapters.
\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
- \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
- \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
- \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \pageno = \savepageno
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
}
\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-\ifpdf
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
-\fi
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ %
+ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
+ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+ % there are before deciding ...
+ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
% The last argument is the page number.
% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
-\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
+% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
+% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
+\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}}
+%
+% Parts, in the short toc.
+\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \penalty-300
+ \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
+ \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
+}
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
}
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
-% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
-% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
%
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}%
- \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
- %
- % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
- % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
- %
- % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
- \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
-}
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}}
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
% Sections.
-\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
% Subsections.
-\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
-\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% And subsubsections.
-\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
-\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
% page number.
@@ -3939,17 +6155,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
-% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
-% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
-% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
-% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
- % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is
- % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
- % have to do the usual translation tricks.
- \entry{#1}{#2}%
-\endgroup}
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
@@ -3959,74 +6166,36 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
\message{environments,}
% @foo ... @end foo.
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
-\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox
-\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox
-\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox
-
-%{\tentt
-%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
-% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
-%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
-% depth .1ex\hfil}
-%}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-
-\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
-\def\tex{\begingroup
+\envdef\tex{%
+ \setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
\catcode `\%=14
- \catcode 43=12 % plus
- \catcode`\"=12
- \catcode`\==12
- \catcode`\|=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\>=12
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \catcode`\`=\other
+ \catcode`\'=\other
\escapechar=`\\
%
+ % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
+ % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
+ \mathactive
+ %
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
@@ -4036,20 +6205,26 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\let\equiv=\ptexequiv
\let\!=\ptexexclam
\let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\let\{=\ptexlbrace
\let\+=\tabalign
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
\let\*=\ptexstar
\let\t=\ptext
+ \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer
+ \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
%
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
\def\@{@}%
-\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
-% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
-% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
@@ -4059,34 +6234,34 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% have any width.
\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-% should produce a line of output anyway.
-%
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
-
-% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
-% for use in \parsearg.
-{\sepspaces%
-\global\let\obeyedspace= }
-
% This space is always present above and below environments.
\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
@@ -4110,738 +6285,821 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
%
\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-\long\def\cartouche{%
-\begingroup
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-% side, and for 6pt waste from
-% each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing=\comment
- \vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \kern3pt
- \begingroup
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
+\envdef\cartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+ \startsavinginserts
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+ % side, and for 6pt waste from
+ % each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ %
+ % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
+ % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
+ % collide with the section heading.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
+ %
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
+}
\def\Ecartouche{%
- \endgroup
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
-\endgroup
-}}
+ \ifhmode\par\fi
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+ \checkinserts
+}
% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
% inside a group.
+\newdimen\nonfillparindent
\def\nonfillstart{%
\aboveenvbreak
- \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
\hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \singlespace
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
\parskip = 0pt
+ % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
+ % the normal \indent.
+ \nonfillparindent=\parindent
\parindent = 0pt
+ \let\indent\nonfillindent
+ %
\emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
- % at next level down.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
- \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
}
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
-% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
-% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
-% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
-% the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces
+% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
+% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
+% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
+% @indent.
+\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
+\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
+\ifx\temp %
+\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
+\else%
+\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
+\fi%
+}%
+\endgroup
+\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
+\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
-\def\lisp{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
- \tt
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+ % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
+ % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
+ % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
+ % to change the fonts afterward.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+ \else
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
}
-% @example: Same as @lisp.
-\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
+\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+ \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
-% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook
-% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
-% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
-% whatever) command.
+% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
+\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
+ \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
+ \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
+}
%
-% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
-% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
+% @example: same as @lisp.
%
-\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display}
-\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-
-% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts.
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
- \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \smallfonts
- \lisp
-}
-
-% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
-\def\display{\begingroup
+\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
\nonfillstart
- \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
+ \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
}
-
-% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
-\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
- \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \smallfonts \rm
- \display
+\makedispenvdef{display}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
}
-% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
%
-\def\format{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
+\makedispenvdef{format}{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
\gobble
}
-% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
- \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \smallfonts \rm
- \format
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
}
-
-% @flushleft (same as @format).
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
% @flushright.
%
-\def\flushright{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
+\envdef\flushright{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
\gobble
}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
+% justification. From plain.tex.
+\envdef\raggedright{%
+ \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+}
+\let\Eraggedright\par
+
+\envdef\raggedleft{%
+ \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
+ \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
+ \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
+ % badness reporting.
+}
+\let\Eraggedleft\par
+
+\envdef\raggedcenter{%
+ \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
+ \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
+ \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
+ % badness reporting.
+}
+\let\Eraggedcenter\par
+
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.
+% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
%
-\def\quotation{%
- \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
+%
+\def\quotationstart{%
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \singlespace
\parindent=0pt
- % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
- % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
- \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
%
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \else
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
+ \parsearg\quotationlabel
}
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+ \par
+ \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
+ % indent a bit.
+ \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+ \fi
+ {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
-\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-\newcount\parencount
-% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
-% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
-\def\activeparens{%
-\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
-\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ {\bf #1: }%
+ \fi
+}
-\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
-\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-% This is used to turn on special parens
-% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
-\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
-% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
-% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+ % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
+ % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
+ % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
+ %\do\`\do\'%
}
%
-% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
-\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
%
-\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
- % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
- \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+% Setup for the @verb command.
%
-\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
-} % End of definition inside \activeparens
-%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
-%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
-\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
-\let\ampnr = \&
-\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
-\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
-
-% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
-{
- \catcode`& = 13
- \global\let& = \ampnr
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \setupmarkupstyle{verb}%
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
}
-% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
-% #1 should be the function name.
-% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion.
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
+% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
+% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the
+% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
+% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
+% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
+\newbox\verbbox
+\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
-\def\defname #1#2{%
-% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
-% outside the @def...
-\dimen2=\leftskip
-\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
-\noindent
-\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
-\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
-\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
-% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
-% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
-% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
-{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
-% so that \rightline will obey them.
-\advance \hsize by -\dimen2
-\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}%
-% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
-\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name
+% start the verbatim environment.
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would
+ % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
+ \tabexpand
+ \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count.
+ % Must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
}
-% Actually process the body of a definition
-% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
-% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
-% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
-% such as \defunheader.
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+ % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+ % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+ \setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
-\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
-% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
-% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
-% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
-% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
%
-\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
-
-% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
-% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
-% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
-% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
-% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
-% #5 is the method's return type.
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
%
-\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV
- \medbreak
- \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
- \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \setupverbatim
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
+ \input #1
+ \afterenvbreak
+ }%
+}
-% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
-% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
-% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
-% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
-% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
-% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
-%
-\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV
- \medbreak
- \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
- \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {%
- \def#4{##1}%
- \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}}
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
+\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+%
+\def\insertcopying{%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+ \scanexp\copyingtext
+ \endgroup
+}
-\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
-% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
-% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
-\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active %
-\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+\newcount\defunpenalty
-% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for
-% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
-%
-\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
- \begingroup\inENV %
- \medbreak %
- % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
- % so that it will exit this group.
- \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
- \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ \medbreak
+ \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
+ % following @def command, see below.
+ \else
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+ % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+ % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+ % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+ %
+ % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+ % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
+ % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
+ % @def command.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+ %
+ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+ % But do insert the glue.
+ \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+ \fi
+ %
\parindent=0in
\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- \begingroup\obeylines
}
-\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
- \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+ % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+ \checkenv#1%
+ %
+ % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+ % It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+ %
+ % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+ \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
}
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
-% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
-% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
-% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
-%
-% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
-% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
-% won't strip off the braces.
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
%
-\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
- \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ % call \deffnheader:
+ #1#2 \endheader
+ % common ending:
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+ % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+ % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
+ \checkparencounts
+ \endgroup
}
-% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
-% braces (if any). That's what this does.
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
%
-\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+ \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+ \temp
+}
-% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
-% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
-% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
%
-\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
- #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
-}%
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+ \envdef#1{%
+ \startdefun
+ \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+ }%
+ \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+ \def#3%
+}
-\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
+\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
-% Split up #2 at the first space token.
-% call #1 with two arguments:
-% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
-% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
-% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
-% and the second is passed as empty.
+% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
+% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
+% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
+%
+\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+ = \empty
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
+ must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
-{\obeylines
-\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
-\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
-\ifx\relax #3%
-#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
+% Untyped functions:
-% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-% Define @defun.
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
-% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
-{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
-#1%
-{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+%
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
-\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
-\boldbraxnoamp
-\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-}
+% Typed functions:
-% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \doingtypefntrue
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
-% @defun == @deffn Function
-
-\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+% Typed variables:
-\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
-% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
-\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
-\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
-% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+% Untyped variables:
-% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
-% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
-\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
-% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup
-\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
-% at least some C++ text from working
-\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
-\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+% Types:
-\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+ \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
}
-% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
-
-\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
-
-\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
%
-\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
-\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
%
-\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+ \par
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
+ % on a line by itself.
+ \rettypeownlinefalse
+ \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
+ % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
+ \rettypeownlinetrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+ %
+ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
+ % least two.
+ \tempnum = 2
+ %
+ % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+ % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+ %
+ % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
+ \ifrettypeownline
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
+ \else
+ \def\maybeshapeline{}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % The continuations:
+ \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+ %
+ % The final paragraph shape:
+ \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
+ %
+ % Put the category name at the right margin.
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{%
+ \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+ % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+ \kern\leftskip
+ % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {%
+ % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+ % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+ % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+ % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
+ % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+ % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+ % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+ % one has made identifiers using them :).
+ \df \tt
+ \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
+ \ifx\temp\empty\else
+ \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
+ \ifrettypeownline
+ % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
+ \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
+ \else
+ \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
+ \fi
+ \fi % no return type
+ #3% output function name
+ }%
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ %
+ \boldbrax
+ % arguments will be output next, if any.
}
-% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
-%
-\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
- \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
- \deftypeopcategory}
+% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
+% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
+% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
- \begingroup
- \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
- {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
- \deftypefunargs{#4}%
- \endgroup
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+ % use sl by default (not ttsl),
+ % tt for the names.
+ \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+ %
+ % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+ % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
+ \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}%
+ #1%
+ \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
}
-% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
-%
-\def\deftypemethod{%
- \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
- \begingroup
- \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
- \deftypefunargs{#4}%
- \endgroup
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
}
-% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
-%
-\def\deftypeivar{%
- \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
-%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
-\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
- \begingroup
- \defname{#3}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
- \defvarargs{#3}%
- \endgroup
-}
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-% @defmethod == @defop Method
-%
-\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
-\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
- \begingroup
- \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
- \defunargs{#3}%
- \endgroup
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+ \activeparens
+ \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+ \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+ \global\let& = \&
+
+ \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+ \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
}
-% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+\newcount\parencount
-\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
-\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
-\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\def\parenfont{%
+ \ifampseen
+ % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+ % otherwise use the default font.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+ \else
+ % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+ % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+ \sf
+ \fi
}
-
-% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
-%
-\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-%
-\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
- \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index
- \begingroup
- \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
- \defvarargs{#3}%
- \endgroup
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+ \ifampseen
+ \ifnum\parencount=1
+ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-% @defvar
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
-% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
-% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak}
-
-% @defvr Counter foo-count
-
-\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
-
-\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% @defvar == @defvr Variable
-
-\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
-
-\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\def\opnr{%
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+ {\parenfont(}%
+ \infirstlevel \bfafterword
}
-
-% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
-
-\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
-
-\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\def\clnr{%
+ {\parenfont)}%
+ \infirstlevel \sl
+ \global\advance\parencount by -1
}
-% @deftypevar int foobar
-
-\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
-% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
-\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
-\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-\endgroup}
-\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-
-\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
-
-\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-\endgroup}
-
-% Now define @deftp
-% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
-
-\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
-
-% @deftp Class window height width ...
-
-\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
-
-\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+ {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+ {\bf]}%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
-% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-%
-\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+ \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+ \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
+% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
+\def\badparencount{%
+ \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
+ \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+ \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
+ \global\brackcount=0
+}
\message{macros,}
@@ -4849,43 +7107,74 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
- \toks0={#1\endinput}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- \input \jobname.tmp
- \endgroup
-}
-\else
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scantokens#1{%
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ }
\fi
+\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup
+ \newlinechar`\^^M
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ %
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+ % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
+ % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
+ % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ %
+ % ... and for \example:
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as
+ % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not
+ % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two
+ % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX
+ % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in
+ % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and
+ % line-oriented commands.
+ %
+ \scantokens{#1\empty}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
+ \temp
+}
+
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
- % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
% Utility routines.
-% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+%
\def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\let
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\endcsname
-\csname#2\endcsname}
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname#2\endcsname
+}
% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
@@ -4898,7 +7187,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
}
% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3%
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
@@ -4906,147 +7195,403 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
+% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
+%
+% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
+% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
+% confine the change to the current group.
+%
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+%
+\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+}
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=12
- \catcode`\^=12
- \catcode`\_=12
- \catcode`\|=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\>=12
- \catcode`\+=12
- \catcode`\{=12
- \catcode`\}=12
- \catcode`\@=12
- \catcode`\^^M=12
- \usembodybackslash}
+\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash
+}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\\=0
+}
+% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes"
+% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands"
+% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document.
+%
+% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for
+% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we
+% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls):
+%
+\def\\{\normalbackslash}%
+%
+% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does.
+% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a
+% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead.
+%
+% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind.
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=12
- \catcode`\^=12
- \catcode`\_=12
- \catcode`\|=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\>=12
- \catcode`\+=12
- \catcode`\@=12
- \catcode`\\=12}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% where N is the macro parameter number.
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
+%
{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
@gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
@gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
}
\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
+
\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
\ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0%
+ \paramno=0\relax
\else
\expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \if\paramno>256\relax
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
+ \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
\message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
\else
\expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
\global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
\global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- % Add the macroname to \macrolist
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
\fi
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
\else \expandafter\parsemacbody
\fi}
-\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
-\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
\if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
\global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
\global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
- \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
- \def\do##1{%
- \def\tempb{##1}%
- \ifx\tempa\tempb
- % remove this
- \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
- \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
- \fi}%
- \def\newmacrolist{}%
- % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
- \macrolist
- \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
\errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
\fi
}
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx #1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+}
+
% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH
+% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If
+% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
+% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
+%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
+%
% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
% it to # just before using the token list produced.
%
% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+%
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an
+% error is produced.
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
+ \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax
+ \let\xeatspaces\relax
+ \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
+ % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+ % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+ % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+ % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+ % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+ % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
+ \paramno0\relax
+ \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
+ \fi
+}
\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \advance\paramno by 1
\expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
{\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
+\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
+ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
+ \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
+ % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
+ % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
+ % \xdef .
+ \expandafter\edef\tempa
+ {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
+ \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+ \fi\next}
+
% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode
\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\catcode `\@=11\relax
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+\let\endargs@\relax
+\let\nil@\relax
+\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
+\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
+
+% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
+% definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros
+% macarg.ARGNAME
+%
+% #1 is the macro name
+% #2 is the list of argument names
+% #3 is the list of argument values
+\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
+ \def\macargdeflist@{}%
+ \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
+ \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
+ \def\macroname{#1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
+ \def\@tempa{#3}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty
+ \setemptyargvalues@
+ \else
+ \getargvals@@
+ \fi
+}
+
+%
+\def\getargvals@@{%
+ \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
+ \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
+ \fi
+ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+ \else
+ \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
+ % macros to empty.
+ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+ \else
+ % pop current arg name into \@tempb
+ \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
+ % pop current argument value into \@tempc
+ \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
+ % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
+ % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
+ \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
+ \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
+ \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
+ \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
+ \let\next\getargvals@@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+\def\push@#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter#1#2}%
+}
+
+% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
+% in macro \@tempa
+\def\macvalstoargs@{%
+ % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
+ % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
+ % values into respective token registers.
+ %
+ % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
+ \begingroup
+ \paramno0\relax
+ % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
+ % value into a new token list register \toks#N
+ \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
+ % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
+ % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
+ % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
+ \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
+ % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
+ % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
+ % group.
+ \expandafter
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ }
+
+\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
+ %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+ \expandafter
+ \endgroup
+ \macargdeflist@
+ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
+ % is in \@tempa .
+ \macvalstoargs@
+ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
+ % with \@tempb .
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
+ % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
+ % \egroup .
+ \ifx\@tempb\gobble
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \else
+ \let\@tempc\egroup
+ \fi
+ % And now we do the real job:
+ \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
+ \@tempd
+}
+
+\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next\relax
+ \else
+ \let\next\putargsintokens@
+ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
+ % alias \@tempb .
+ \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
+ % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1
+\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}}
+% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1
+\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax}
+% newtoks that can be used non \outer .
+\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi}
+
+% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty
+\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
+ \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+ \else
+ \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
+ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
+ \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
+ \def\paramlist{#2}%
+}
+
+% #1 is the element target macro
+% #2 is the list macro
+% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
+\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+ \def#1{#3}%
+ \def#2{#4}%
+}
+\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+ \long\def#1{#3}%
+ \long\def#2{#4}%
+}
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% Much magic with \expandafter here.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
\ifrecursive
@@ -5061,17 +7606,25 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % 10 or more
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
+ \fi
\fi
\else
\ifcase\paramno
@@ -5088,115 +7641,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\egroup
\noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % at most 9
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % 10 or more:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
+ \fi
\fi
\fi}
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax
+
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg).
+%
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
\expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \next}
-
-% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
-% expanded by \write.
-\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
- \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+ \fi \macnamexxx}
% @alias.
% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+%
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
-\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
-\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+ \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+ \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+ }%
+ \next
+}
\message{cross references,}
-% @xref etc.
\newwrite\auxfile
-
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
% @inforef is relatively simple.
\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
+ \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
-\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+
\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\relax
+\let\lastnode=\empty
-% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
-\def\donoderef{%
- \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
- {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\unnumbnoderef{%
- \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\appendixnoderef{%
- \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
- {Yappendixletterandtype}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\empty
\fi
}
-
% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
%
\newcount\savesfregister
-\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
-% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have
-% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
-% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
-% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
+% or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+% empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
%
-\def\setref#1#2{{%
- \indexdummies
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
- \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
- \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
- \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
-}}
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+ \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+ }%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+ \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
+% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
+% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
+% variable, now it's official.
+%
+\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+ = \empty
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
+ must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
@@ -5209,140 +7805,167 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
\ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
% No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
% Use the node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
% Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
% the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
% It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
\ifhavexrefs
% We know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
\else
% Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\fi%
\fi
\fi
\fi
%
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ % Make link in pdf output.
\ifpdf
- \leavevmode
- \getfilename{#4}%
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
- \else
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto name{#1@}%
- \fi
- \linkcolor
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+ \else
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
\fi
%
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
+ % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
+ {%
+ % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+ % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+ \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+ }%
+ \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+ % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+ % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+ \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+ \refx{#1-snt}{}%
+ \else
+ \printedrefname
+ \fi
+ %
+ % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+ % "in MANUALNAME".
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \fi
\else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\normalturnoffactive
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
- % [mynode],
- [\printednodename],\space
- % page 3
- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
-% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
-
-% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
-\def\dosetq#1#2{%
- {\let\folio=0%
- \normalturnoffactive
- \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
- \iflinks
- \next
- \fi
- }%
-}
-
-% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
-% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
-% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
-
-\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
-
-% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
-
-\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
-
-\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
-
-\def\Ynothing{}
-
-\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+% Things referred to by \setref.
%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-
+%
\def\refx#1#2{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname XR#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
% If not defined, say something at least.
\angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
\iflinks
\ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
\else
\ifwarnedxrefs\else
\global\warnedxrefstrue
@@ -5352,22 +7975,59 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\fi
\else
% It's defined, so just use it.
- \csname X#1\endcsname
+ \thisrefX
\fi
#2% Output the suffix in any case.
}
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
%
-\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
- % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \afterassignment\endgroup
- \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+ {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
+ % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
+ % mess up the control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
+ %
+ % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+ \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
+ % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+ \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+ %
+ % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+ \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+ \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+ \else
+ % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+ % for later use in \listoffloats.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
+ {\safexrefname}}%
+ \fi
}
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readdatafile{aux}%
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
\catcode`\^^@=\other
\catcode`\^^A=\other
\catcode`\^^B=\other
@@ -5395,9 +8055,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\catcode`\^^]=\other
\catcode`\^^^=\other
\catcode`\^^_=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
% in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
% supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
% that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
@@ -5410,6 +8068,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
% and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
%
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
\catcode`\~=\other
\catcode`\[=\other
\catcode`\]=\other
@@ -5421,41 +8082,43 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\catcode`\$=\other
\catcode`\#=\other
\catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
\catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+ %
+ % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
+ % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+ % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+ % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
+ % now. --karl, 15jan04.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
{%
- \count 1=128
+ \count1=128
\def\loop{%
- \catcode\count 1=\other
- \advance\count 1 by 1
- \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ \catcode\count1=\other
+ \advance\count1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
}%
}%
- % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now).
- % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
- % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
- % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
- % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
- % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`\'=0
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.aux
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \global\warnedobstrue
- \fi
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \catcode`\@=0
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+ \setupdatafile
+ \input\jobname.#1
\endgroup}
-% Footnotes.
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
\newcount \footnoteno
@@ -5466,40 +8129,42 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-
{\catcode `\@=11
%
% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
\gdef\footnote{%
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
\edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
%
% In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
% extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
\let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
%
% Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
\unskip
\thisfootno\@sf
- \footnotezzz
+ \dofootnote
}%
% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
%
-\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \insert\footins\bgroup
% We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
% footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
% So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
\splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
\splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
@@ -5512,76 +8177,87 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
%
\smallfonts \rm
%
- % Hang the footnote text off the number.
- \hang
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
\textindent{\thisfootno}%
%
% Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
% expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
% provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
\footstrut
+ %
+ % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
\futurelet\next\fo@t
}
-\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
- \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
-\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
-\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup}
-
}%end \catcode `\@=11
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
%
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+ \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+ \let\insert\saveinsert
+ \else
+ \let\checkinserts\relax
+ \fi
}
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \afterassignment\next
+ % swallow the left brace
+ \let\temp =
}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+ \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+ {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+ \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
+ \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+ \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+ \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
@@ -5591,12 +8267,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% undone and the next image would fail.
\openin 1 = epsf.tex
\ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan).
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
\def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
\input epsf.tex
\fi
+\closein 1
%
% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
@@ -5605,84 +8281,1225 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
%
\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifx\epsfbox\thisiundefined
\ifwarnednoepsf \else
\errhelp = \noepsfhelp
\errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
\global\warnednoepsftrue
\fi
\else
- \imagexxx #1,,,\finish
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
\fi
}
%
% Arguments to @image:
% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\medskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
+ % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if
+ % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ % Output the image.
\ifpdf
- \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\else
% \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \nobreak\bigskip
- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
- % above and below.
- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
- \nobreak
- \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
- \bigbreak
- \else
- % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+ \let\thiscaption=\empty
+ \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+ %
+ % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+ % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ \vtop\bgroup
+ \def\floattype{#1}%
+ \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+ \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+ %
+ \ifx\floattype\empty
+ \let\safefloattype=\empty
+ \else
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+ % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
+ %
+ \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+ \global\advance\floatno by 1
+ %
+ {%
+ % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
+ % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+ % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+ % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+ % lists of floats.
+ %
+ \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+ \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ %
+ % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+ \let\floatident = \empty
+ %
+ % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+ %
+ % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
\fi
+ % the number.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+ % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+ \let\captionline = \floatident
+ %
+ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+ \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+ \fi
+ %
+ % caption text.
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+ % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+ \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+ \vskip.5\parskip
+ \captionline
+ %
+ % Space below caption.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
+ % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+ % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
+ % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+ {%
+ \atdummies
+ %
+ % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
+ % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
+ % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
+ \scanexp{%
+ \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \thiscaption
+ \else
+ \thisshortcaption
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end of \vtop
+ %
+ % place the captured inserts
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
+ % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
+ % float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
+\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+ \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+ %
+ % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+ \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+ \fi
+ \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
+% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+ \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+ \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
+ \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+ \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
\endgroup
\fi
}
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+ % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
+ % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+ % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+ % in pdf output.
+ \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+ \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+ \writeentry
+}}
+
\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
+% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
+% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
%
-\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
-\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \globaldefs=1
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
+ \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file if it exists.
+ % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof 1
+ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+ \else
+ \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
+ \input txi-#1.tex
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup % end raw TeX
+\endgroup}
+%
+% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
+% try txi-de.tex.
+%
+\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof1
+ \ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nolanghelp
\errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \let\temp = \relax
\else
- \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+ \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
+ \input txi-#1.tex
\fi
- \temp
- \endgroup
+ \closein 1
}
+}% end of special _ catcode
+%
\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
+directory should work if nowhere else does.}
+% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
+% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
+% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
+%
+% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
+% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
+% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
+%
+% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
+% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
+% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
+% accented characters problem.)
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
+ % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
+ \message{no patterns for #1}%
+ \else
+ \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+ % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
+ \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
+ \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
+}
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
+% Helpers for encodings.
+% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
+%
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
+ \count255=128
+ \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+ \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
+ \advance\count255 by 1
+ \repeat
+}
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
+ \count255=128
+ \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+ \catcode\count255=#1\relax
+ \advance\count255 by 1
+ \repeat
+}
-% Page size parameters.
+% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
+% according to the specified encoding.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+ % Encoding being declared for the document.
+ \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
+ % to compare them with \ifx.
+ \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \asciichardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \lattwochardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \latonechardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \latninechardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \utfeightchardefs
+ %
+ \else
+ \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+ %
+ \fi % utfeight
+ \fi % latnine
+ \fi % latone
+ \fi % lattwo
+ \fi % ascii
+}
+
+% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
+% the default font encoding (OT1).
+%
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+
+% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
+\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
+
+% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
+% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
+% macros containing the character definitions.
+\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+%
+% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
+\def\latonechardefs{%
+ \gdef^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
+ \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
+ \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
+ \gdef^^a7{\S}
+ \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
+ \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
+ \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft}
+ \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
+ \gdef^^ad{\-}
+ \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
+ \gdef^^af{\={}}
+ %
+ \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
+ \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
+ \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
+ \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
+ \gdef^^b6{\P}
+ %
+ \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
+ \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
+ \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
+ %
+ \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright}
+ \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
+ \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
+ \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
+ \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
+ %
+ \gdef^^c0{\`A}
+ \gdef^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdef^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdef^^c3{\~A}
+ \gdef^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+ \gdef^^c6{\AE}
+ \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdef^^c8{\`E}
+ \gdef^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdef^^ca{\^E}
+ \gdef^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdef^^cc{\`I}
+ \gdef^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdef^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdef^^cf{\"I}
+ %
+ \gdef^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdef^^d1{\~N}
+ \gdef^^d2{\`O}
+ \gdef^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdef^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdef^^d5{\~O}
+ \gdef^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdef^^d8{\O}
+ \gdef^^d9{\`U}
+ \gdef^^da{\'U}
+ \gdef^^db{\^U}
+ \gdef^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdef^^de{\TH}
+ \gdef^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdef^^e0{\`a}
+ \gdef^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdef^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdef^^e3{\~a}
+ \gdef^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+ \gdef^^e6{\ae}
+ \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdef^^e8{\`e}
+ \gdef^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdef^^ea{\^e}
+ \gdef^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+ \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+ \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+ \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+ %
+ \gdef^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdef^^f1{\~n}
+ \gdef^^f2{\`o}
+ \gdef^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdef^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdef^^f5{\~o}
+ \gdef^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdef^^f8{\o}
+ \gdef^^f9{\`u}
+ \gdef^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdef^^fb{\^u}
+ \gdef^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdef^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdef^^fe{\th}
+ \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+}
+
+% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
+\def\latninechardefs{%
+ % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
+ \latonechardefs
+ %
+ \gdef^^a4{\euro}
+ \gdef^^a6{\v S}
+ \gdef^^a8{\v s}
+ \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
+ \gdef^^b8{\v z}
+ \gdef^^bc{\OE}
+ \gdef^^bd{\oe}
+ \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+}
+
+% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
+\def\lattwochardefs{%
+ \gdef^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+ \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
+ \gdef^^a3{\L}
+ \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdef^^a5{\v L}
+ \gdef^^a6{\'S}
+ \gdef^^a7{\S}
+ \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdef^^a9{\v S}
+ \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
+ \gdef^^ab{\v T}
+ \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
+ \gdef^^ad{\-}
+ \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
+ \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+ %
+ \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+ \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+ \gdef^^b3{\l}
+ \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdef^^b5{\v l}
+ \gdef^^b6{\'s}
+ \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
+ \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdef^^b9{\v s}
+ \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
+ \gdef^^bb{\v t}
+ \gdef^^bc{\'z}
+ \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
+ \gdef^^be{\v z}
+ \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+ %
+ \gdef^^c0{\'R}
+ \gdef^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdef^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdef^^c3{\u A}
+ \gdef^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdef^^c5{\'L}
+ \gdef^^c6{\'C}
+ \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdef^^c8{\v C}
+ \gdef^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+ \gdef^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdef^^cc{\v E}
+ \gdef^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdef^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdef^^cf{\v D}
+ %
+ \gdef^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdef^^d1{\'N}
+ \gdef^^d2{\v N}
+ \gdef^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdef^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdef^^d5{\H O}
+ \gdef^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdef^^d8{\v R}
+ \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+ \gdef^^da{\'U}
+ \gdef^^db{\H U}
+ \gdef^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
+ \gdef^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdef^^e0{\'r}
+ \gdef^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdef^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdef^^e3{\u a}
+ \gdef^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdef^^e5{\'l}
+ \gdef^^e6{\'c}
+ \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdef^^e8{\v c}
+ \gdef^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+ \gdef^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdef^^ec{\v e}
+ \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdef^^ef{\v d}
+ %
+ \gdef^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdef^^f1{\'n}
+ \gdef^^f2{\v n}
+ \gdef^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdef^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdef^^f5{\H o}
+ \gdef^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdef^^f8{\v r}
+ \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+ \gdef^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdef^^fb{\H u}
+ \gdef^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdef^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
+ \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+}
+
+% UTF-8 character definitions.
+%
+% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
+% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
+% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
+%
+\newcount\countUTFx
+\newcount\countUTFy
+\newcount\countUTFz
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
%
+\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
+ \ifx #1\relax
+ \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\~13
+ \catcode`\"12
+
+ \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
+ \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
+ \uccode`\~\countUTFx
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
+ \advance\countUTFx by 1
+ \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
+ \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
+ \fi}
+
+ \countUTFx = "C2
+ \countUTFy = "E0
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "E0
+ \countUTFy = "F0
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "F0
+ \countUTFy = "F4
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+\endgroup
+
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\"=12
+ \catcode`\<=12
+ \catcode`\.=12
+ \catcode`\,=12
+ \catcode`\;=12
+ \catcode`\!=12
+ \catcode`\~=13
+
+ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+ \countUTFz = "#1\relax
+ %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
+ \begingroup
+ \parseXMLCharref
+ \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
+ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
+ \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
+ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
+ \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
+ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+ \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
+ \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
+ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
+ \parseUTFviiiA;%
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+ \else
+ \parseUTFviiiA;%
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiA!%
+ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ }
+
+ \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
+ \countUTFx = \countUTFz
+ \divide\countUTFz by 64
+ \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+ \multiply\countUTFz by 64
+ \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+ \advance\countUTFx by 128
+ \uccode `#1\countUTFx
+ \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+
+ \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
+ \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
+ \uccode `#3\countUTFz
+ \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
+\endgroup
+
+\def\utfeightchardefs{%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
+
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
+}% end of \utfeightchardefs
+
+
+% US-ASCII character definitions.
+\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
+ \relax
+}
+
+% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
+% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
+% document encoding.
+%
+\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
+
+
+\message{formatting,}
+
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
@@ -5692,10 +9509,10 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
\vbadness = 10000
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
+% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 6666
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
@@ -5713,11 +9530,14 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
\fi
}
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can
-% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
\voffset = #3\relax
\topskip = #6\relax
\splittopskip = \topskip
@@ -5736,6 +9556,17 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
\normaloffset = #4\relax
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
%
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
+ % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
+ \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
+ \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
\parindent = \defaultparindent
\setemergencystretch
}
@@ -5743,76 +9574,140 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
% @letterpaper (the default).
\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{13.2pt}%
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
%
% If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
}}
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \setleading{12pt}%
+ \textleading = 12pt
%
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {-.2in}{0in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
\tolerance = 700
\hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \deftypemargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
%
- \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
- \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
- \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
- \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+ \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+ {-.2in}{-.4in}%
+ {0pt}{14pt}%
+ {9in}{6in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .4cm
}}
% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \setleading{12pt}%
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
%
- \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
%
\tolerance = 700
\hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
}}
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin
-% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \setleading{13.6pt}%
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
%
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
%
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
\globaldefs = 0
}}
-% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
-\def\afourwide{%
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- %
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
\globaldefs = 0
-}
+}}
% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
%
-\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
-\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
\globaldefs = 1
%
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{13.2pt}%
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
%
- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ \dimen0 = #1\relax
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
}}
% Set default to letter.
@@ -5822,28 +9717,24 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
+
+% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
+\catcode`\^^? = 14
+
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}
+\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
+\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
+\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
+\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
+\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
+\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
%
% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
@@ -5875,8 +9766,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\let\realunder=_
% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
\catcode`\|=\active
\def|{{\tt\char124}}
@@ -5889,16 +9781,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
\catcode`\+=\active
\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}
-%\catcode 27=\active
-%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
-
-% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
-{\catcode`\==\active
-\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
-
-\catcode`+=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
@@ -5906,46 +9789,65 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \otherbackslash
+}
+
\catcode`\@=0
-% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
-\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-%{\catcode`\\=\other
-%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}}
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
-@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
+\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
-% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q
-\catcode`\\=\active
+% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont
+% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char
+% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets
+% \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always
+% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
+% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
+% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
+@let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
-@let\=@realbackslash
-@let~=@normaltilde
-@let^=@normalcaret
-@let_=@normalunderscore
-@let|=@normalverticalbar
-@let<=@normalless
-@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus
-@let$=@normaldollar}
+% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+% @let \ = @normalbackslash
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these.
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
-@let\=@normalbackslash
-@let~=@normaltilde
-@let^=@normalcaret
-@let_=@normalunderscore
-@let|=@normalverticalbar
-@let<=@normalless
-@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus
-@let$=@normaldollar}
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{%
+ @let"=@normaldoublequote
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let\=@normalbackslash
+ @let^=@normalcaret
+ @let_=@normalunderscore
+ @let|=@normalverticalbar
+ @let~=@normaltilde
+ @markupsetuplqdefault
+ @markupsetuprqdefault
+ @unsepspaces
+}
% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
@@ -5959,9 +9861,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
@global@let\ = @eatinput
% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
%
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
@@ -5973,15 +9875,28 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
+% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
+% active definitions as the normal characters.
+@def@normaldot{.}
+@def@normalquest{?}
+@def@normalslash{/}
-@c Set initial fonts.
-@textfonts
-@rm
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
+@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
+@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
+@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
+
+@let @hashchar = @normalhash
+@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
+@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
+@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
+@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
+@catcode`@'=@active
+@catcode`@`=@active
+@markupsetuplqdefault
+@markupsetuprqdefault
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
@@ -5990,3 +9905,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c End:
+
+@c vim:sw=2:
+
+@ignore
+ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
--- ./ltmain.sh.orig 2002-08-08 23:49:32.000000000 -0600
+++ ./ltmain.sh 2012-07-26 09:59:36.977378175 -0600
@@ -1,199 +1,924 @@
-# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services.
-# NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun ltconfig.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+
+# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.2
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
+# 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy
+# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html,
+# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+#
+# --config show all configuration variables
+# --debug enable verbose shell tracing
+# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
+# --features display basic configuration information and exit
+# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE
+# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
+# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages
+# --no-quiet, --no-silent
+# print informational messages (default)
+# --no-warn don't display warning messages
+# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG
+# -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default
+# --no-verbose don't print the extra informational messages
+# --version print version information
+# -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message
+#
+# MODE must be one of the following:
+#
+# clean remove files from the build directory
+# compile compile a source file into a libtool object
+# execute automatically set library path, then run a program
+# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
+# install install libraries or executables
+# link create a library or an executable
+# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
+#
+# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option,
+# `--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that.
+# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
+#
+# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
+# include the following information:
+#
+# host-triplet: $host
+# shell: $SHELL
+# compiler: $LTCC
+# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
+# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
+# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2
+# automake: $automake_version
+# autoconf: $autoconf_version
+#
+# Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>.
+# GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>.
+# General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>.
-# Check that we have a working $echo.
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
- # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
- shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
- # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
- :
-elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
- # Yippee, $echo works!
- :
+PROGRAM=libtool
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION=2.4.2
+TIMESTAMP=""
+package_revision=1.3337
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
- # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work.
- exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
- # used as fallback echo
- shift
- cat <<EOF
-$*
-EOF
- exit 0
-fi
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+ eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
-# The name of this program.
-progname=`$echo "$0" | sed 's%^.*/%%'`
-modename="$progname"
+# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
+lt_user_locale=
+lt_safe_locale=
+for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+do
+ eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+ save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var
+ $lt_var=C
+ export $lt_var
+ lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\"
+ lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\"
+ fi"
+done
+LC_ALL=C
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE LC_ALL
-# Constants.
-PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
-PACKAGE=libtool
-VERSION=1.4a-GCC3.0
-TIMESTAMP=" (1.641.2.256 2001/05/28 20:09:07 with GCC-local changes)"
+$lt_unset CDPATH
-default_mode=
-help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information."
-magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
-mkdir="mkdir"
-mv="mv -f"
-rm="rm -f"
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\`\\"$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
-NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
+# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
+# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
+# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
+# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
+# function.
+progpath="$0"
-# NLS nuisances.
-# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
-# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
-# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
-# We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
-if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then
- save_LC_ALL="$LC_ALL"; LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL
-fi
-if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then
- save_LANG="$LANG"; LANG=C; export LANG
-fi
-if test "$LTCONFIG_VERSION" != "$VERSION"; then
- echo "$modename: ltconfig version \`$LTCONFIG_VERSION' does not match $PROGRAM version \`$VERSION'" 1>&2
- echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
-if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
- echo "$modename: not configured to build any kind of library" 1>&2
- echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+test "${ECHO+set}" = set || ECHO=${as_echo-'printf %s\n'}
+: ${MAKE="make"}
+: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
+: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"}
-# Global variables.
-mode=$default_mode
-nonopt=
-prev=
-prevopt=
-run=
-show="$echo"
-show_help=
-execute_dlfiles=
-lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
-o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
-taglist=
+# Global variables:
+EXIT_SUCCESS=0
+EXIT_FAILURE=1
+EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
+EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
-# Parse our command line options once, thoroughly.
-while test $# -gt 0
-do
- arg="$1"
- shift
+exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
- case $arg in
- -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
- *) optarg= ;;
- esac
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+lt_nl='
+'
+IFS=" $lt_nl"
- # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- case $prev in
- execute_dlfiles)
- execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg"
+dirname="s,/[^/]*$,,"
+basename="s,^.*/,,"
+
+# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
+# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+func_dirname ()
+{
+ func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$dirname"`
+ if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
+ func_dirname_result="${3}"
+ else
+ func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
+ fi
+} # func_dirname may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_basename file
+func_basename ()
+{
+ func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$basename"`
+} # func_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
+# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty,
+# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+# value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+# basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+# value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
+# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
+# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
+func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$dirname"`
+ if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
+ func_dirname_result="${3}"
+ else
+ func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
+ fi
+ func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$basename"`
+} # func_dirname_and_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_stripname prefix suffix name
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+# func_strip_suffix prefix name
+func_stripname ()
+{
+ case ${2} in
+ .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
+ *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;;
+ esac
+} # func_stripname may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash.
+pathcar='s,^/\([^/]*\).*$,\1,'
+pathcdr='s,^/[^/]*,,'
+removedotparts=':dotsl
+ s@/\./@/@g
+ t dotsl
+ s,/\.$,/,'
+collapseslashes='s@/\{1,\}@/@g'
+finalslash='s,/*$,/,'
+
+# func_normal_abspath PATH
+# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components,
+# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making
+# it an absolute path.
+# value returned in "$func_normal_abspath_result"
+func_normal_abspath ()
+{
+ # Start from root dir and reassemble the path.
+ func_normal_abspath_result=
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1
+ func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=
+ case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in
+ "")
+ # Empty path, that just means $cwd.
+ func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`"
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result
+ return
+ ;;
+ # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely
+ # two leading slashes without using negated character classes;
+ # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour.
+ ///*)
+ # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing.
+ ;;
+ //*)
+ # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//'
+ # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares
+ # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found.
+ func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/
+ ;;
+ /*)
+ # Absolute path, do nothing.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Relative path, prepend $cwd.
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want
+ # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure
+ # there is one (and only one) here.
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+ -e "$removedotparts" -e "$collapseslashes" -e "$finalslash"`
+ while :; do
+ # Processed it all yet?
+ if test "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" = / ; then
+ # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now.
+ if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result" ; then
+ func_normal_abspath_result=/
+ fi
+ break
+ fi
+ func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+ -e "$pathcar"`
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+ -e "$pathcdr"`
+ # Figure out what to do with it
+ case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in
+ "")
+ # Trailing empty path component, ignore it.
;;
- tag)
- tagname="$arg"
+ ..)
+ # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result.
+ func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result"
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Actual path component, append it.
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_result/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry.
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result
+}
- # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters
- case $tagname in
- *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
- echo "$progname: invalid tag name: $tagname" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
+# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR
+# generates a relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR, with a trailing
+# slash if non-empty, suitable for immediately appending a filename
+# without needing to append a separator.
+# value returned in "$func_relative_path_result"
+func_relative_path ()
+{
+ func_relative_path_result=
+ func_normal_abspath "$1"
+ func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+ func_normal_abspath "$2"
+ func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result
- case $tagname in
- CC)
- # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know, it's there, but
- # not specially marked.
- taglist="$taglist $tagname"
- ;;
+ # Ascend the tree starting from libdir
+ while :; do
+ # check if we have found a prefix of bindir
+ case $func_relative_path_tbindir in
+ $func_relative_path_tlibdir)
+ # found an exact match
+ func_relative_path_tcancelled=
+ break
+ ;;
+ $func_relative_path_tlibdir*)
+ # found a matching prefix
+ func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir"
+ func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result
+ if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+ func_relative_path_result=.
+ fi
+ break
+ ;;
*)
- if grep "^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "$0" > /dev/null; then
- taglist="$taglist $tagname"
- # Evaluate the configuration.
- eval "`sed -n -e '/^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/,/^### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/p' < $0`"
- else
- echo "$progname: ignoring unknown tag $tagname" 1>&2
+ func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir
+ func_relative_path_tlibdir=${func_dirname_result}
+ if test "x$func_relative_path_tlibdir" = x ; then
+ # Have to descend all the way to the root!
+ func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+ func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir
+ break
fi
+ func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
;;
- esac
- ;;
- *)
- eval "$prev=\$arg"
- ;;
esac
+ done
- prev=
- prevopt=
- continue
+ # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes.
+ func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result"
+ func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+ func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled"
+ if test "x$func_stripname_result" != x ; then
+ func_relative_path_result=${func_relative_path_result}/${func_stripname_result}
fi
- # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet?
- case $arg in
- --help)
- show_help=yes
- ;;
+ # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return empty string,
+ # else relative path ending with a slash; either way, target
+ # file name can be directly appended.
+ if test ! -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+ func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result/"
+ func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+ fi
+}
- --version)
- echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP"
- exit 0
+# The name of this program:
+func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath"
+progname=$func_basename_result
+
+# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution:
+case $progpath in
+ [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
+ *[\\/]*)
+ progdir=$func_dirname_result
+ progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
+ progpath="$progdir/$progname"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ save_IFS="$IFS"
+ IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+ for progdir in $PATH; do
+ IFS="$save_IFS"
+ test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
+ done
+ IFS="$save_IFS"
+ test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
+ progpath="$progdir/$progname"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
+sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the
+# string literally.
+sed_make_literal_regex='s,[].[^$\\*\/],\\&,g'
+
+# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path
+# which contains forward slashes, into one that contains
+# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation.
+lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
+
+# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were
+# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$'
+# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion.
+# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of
+# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'.
+bs='\\'
+bs2='\\\\'
+bs4='\\\\\\\\'
+dollar='\$'
+sed_double_backslash="\
+ s/$bs4/&\\
+/g
+ s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/
+ s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g
+ s/\n//g"
+
+# Standard options:
+opt_dry_run=false
+opt_help=false
+opt_quiet=false
+opt_verbose=false
+opt_warning=:
+
+# func_echo arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode
+# name if it has been set yet.
+func_echo ()
+{
+ $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }$*"
+}
+
+# func_verbose arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
+func_verbose ()
+{
+ $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"}
+
+ # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
+ # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
+ # work around that:
+ :
+}
+
+# func_echo_all arg...
+# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
+func_echo_all ()
+{
+ $ECHO "$*"
+}
+
+# func_error arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
+func_error ()
+{
+ $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }"${1+"$@"} 1>&2
+}
+
+# func_warning arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
+func_warning ()
+{
+ $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
+
+ # bash bug again:
+ :
+}
+
+# func_fatal_error arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
+func_fatal_error ()
+{
+ func_error ${1+"$@"}
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+# func_fatal_help arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a help hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_help ()
+{
+ func_error ${1+"$@"}
+ func_fatal_error "$help"
+}
+help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default
+
+
+# func_grep expression filename
+# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
+func_grep ()
+{
+ $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+
+# func_mkdir_p directory-path
+# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
+func_mkdir_p ()
+{
+ my_directory_path="$1"
+ my_dir_list=
+
+ if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then
+
+ # Protect directory names starting with `-'
+ case $my_directory_path in
+ -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
+ while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do
+ # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited
+ # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
+ my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list"
+
+ # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
+ case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
+
+ # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
+ my_directory_path=`$ECHO "$my_directory_path" | $SED -e "$dirname"`
+ done
+ my_dir_list=`$ECHO "$my_dir_list" | $SED 's,:*$,,'`
+
+ save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':'
+ for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do
+ IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
+ # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes
+ # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't
+ # stop in that case!
+ $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
+ done
+ IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
+
+ # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
+ test -d "$my_directory_path" || \
+ func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'"
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_mktempdir [string]
+# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
+# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If
+# given, STRING is the basename for that directory.
+func_mktempdir ()
+{
+ my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}"
+
+ if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then
+ # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
+ my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$"
+ else
+
+ # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
+ my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
+
+ if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then
+ # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
+ my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$"
+
+ save_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
+ umask 0077
+ $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir"
+ umask $save_mktempdir_umask
+ fi
+
+ # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
+ test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \
+ func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'"
+ fi
+
+ $ECHO "$my_tmpdir"
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_for_eval arg
+# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later.
+# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT
+# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas
+# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters
+# which are still active within double quotes backslashified.
+func_quote_for_eval ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ *[\\\`\"\$]*)
+ func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
+ *)
+ func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in
+ # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+ # word splitting, command substitution and and variable
+ # expansion for a subsequent eval.
+ # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+ # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+ *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
+ func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\""
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_for_expand arg
+# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
+# but do not quote variable references.
+func_quote_for_expand ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ *[\\\`\"]*)
+ my_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \
+ -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
+ *)
+ my_arg="$1" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $my_arg in
+ # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+ # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
+ # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+ # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+ *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
+ my_arg="\"$my_arg\""
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg"
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp]
+# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.
+func_show_eval ()
+{
+ my_cmd="$1"
+ my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
+
+ ${opt_silent-false} || {
+ func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+ }
+
+ if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
+ eval "$my_cmd"
+ my_status=$?
+ if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
+ eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp]
+# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation.
+func_show_eval_locale ()
+{
+ my_cmd="$1"
+ my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
+
+ ${opt_silent-false} || {
+ func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+ }
+
+ if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
+ eval "$lt_user_locale
+ $my_cmd"
+ my_status=$?
+ eval "$lt_safe_locale"
+ if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
+ eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+
+# func_tr_sh
+# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name.
+# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters
+# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further,
+# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well.
+func_tr_sh ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*)
+ func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
;;
+ * )
+ func_tr_sh_result=$1
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_version
+# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
+func_version ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+
+ $SED -n '/(C)/!b go
+ :more
+ /\./!{
+ N
+ s/\n# / /
+ b more
+ }
+ :go
+ /^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / {
+ s/^# //
+ s/^# *$//
+ s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/
+ p
+ }' < "$progpath"
+ exit $?
+}
+
+# func_usage
+# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
+func_usage ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+
+ $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/^# *.*--help/ {
+ s/^# //
+ s/^# *$//
+ s/\$progname/'$progname'/
+ p
+ }' < "$progpath"
+ echo
+ $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage"
+ exit $?
+}
+
+# func_help [NOEXIT]
+# Echo long help message to standard output and exit,
+# unless 'noexit' is passed as argument.
+func_help ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+
+ $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ {
+ :print
+ s/^# //
+ s/^# *$//
+ s*\$progname*'$progname'*
+ s*\$host*'"$host"'*
+ s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'*
+ s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'*
+ s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'*
+ s*\$LD*'"$LD"'*
+ s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/
+ s/\$automake_version/'"`(${AUTOMAKE-automake} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
+ s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
+ p
+ d
+ }
+ /^# .* home page:/b print
+ /^# General help using/b print
+ ' < "$progpath"
+ ret=$?
+ if test -z "$1"; then
+ exit $ret
+ fi
+}
+
+# func_missing_arg argname
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
+# exit_cmd.
+func_missing_arg ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+
+ func_error "missing argument for $1."
+ exit_cmd=exit
+}
+
+
+# func_split_short_opt shortopt
+# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell
+# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character.
+func_split_short_opt ()
+{
+ my_sed_short_opt='1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q'
+ my_sed_short_rest='1s/^..\(.*\)$/\1/;q'
+
+ func_split_short_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_opt"`
+ func_split_short_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_rest"`
+} # func_split_short_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_split_long_opt longopt
+# Set func_split_long_opt_name and func_split_long_opt_arg shell
+# variables after splitting LONGOPT at the `=' sign.
+func_split_long_opt ()
+{
+ my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
+ my_sed_long_arg='1s/^--[^=]*=//'
+
+ func_split_long_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_opt"`
+ func_split_long_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_arg"`
+} # func_split_long_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+exit_cmd=:
+
+
+
+
+
+magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
+magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%"
+
+# Global variables.
+nonopt=
+preserve_args=
+lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
+o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
+extracted_archives=
+extracted_serial=0
+
+# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
+# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
+# left over by shells.
+exec_cmd=
+
+# func_append var value
+# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
+func_append ()
+{
+ eval "${1}=\$${1}\${2}"
+} # func_append may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+# func_append_quoted var value
+# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated
+# by a space.
+func_append_quoted ()
+{
+ func_quote_for_eval "${2}"
+ eval "${1}=\$${1}\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+} # func_append_quoted may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_arith arithmetic-term...
+func_arith ()
+{
+ func_arith_result=`expr "${@}"`
+} # func_arith may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_len string
+# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
+func_len ()
+{
+ func_len_result=`expr "${1}" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
+} # func_len may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_lo2o object
+func_lo2o ()
+{
+ func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$lo2o"`
+} # func_lo2o may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_xform libobj-or-source
+func_xform ()
+{
+ func_xform_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'`
+} # func_xform may be replaced by extended shell implementation
+
+
+# func_fatal_configuration arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_configuration ()
+{
+ func_error ${1+"$@"}
+ func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information."
+ func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error."
+}
+
+
+# func_config
+# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
+func_config ()
+{
+ re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
+ re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
+
+ # Default configuration.
+ $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
- --config)
- sed -n -e '/^### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/,/^### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/p' < "$0"
# Now print the configurations for the tags.
for tagname in $taglist; do
- sed -n -e "/^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/,/^### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/p" < "$0"
+ $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
done
- exit 0
- ;;
- --debug)
- echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode"
- set -x
- ;;
-
- --dry-run | -n)
- run=:
- ;;
+ exit $?
+}
- --features)
+# func_features
+# Display the features supported by this script.
+func_features ()
+{
echo "host: $host"
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
echo "enable shared libraries"
@@ -205,349 +930,1189 @@ do
else
echo "disable static libraries"
fi
- exit 0
- ;;
- --finish) mode="finish" ;;
+ exit $?
+}
- --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;;
- --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;;
+# func_enable_tag tagname
+# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
+# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
+# variable here.
+func_enable_tag ()
+{
+ # Global variable:
+ tagname="$1"
- --quiet | --silent)
- show=:
- ;;
+ re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+ re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+ sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p"
- --tag) prevopt="--tag" prev=tag ;;
- --tag=*)
- set tag "$optarg" ${1+"$@"}
+ # Validate tagname.
+ case $tagname in
+ *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
+ func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
+ # there but not specially marked.
+ case $tagname in
+ CC) ;;
+ *)
+ if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ taglist="$taglist $tagname"
+
+ # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path
+ # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
+ # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
+ # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
+ extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
+ eval "$extractedcf"
+ else
+ func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_check_version_match
+# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
+# release of libtool.
+func_check_version_match ()
+{
+ if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
+ if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
+ if test -z "$macro_version"; then
+ cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+ else
+ cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+ fi
+ else
+ cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
+$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
+$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
+case $1 in
+clean|clea|cle|cl)
+ shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
+ shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
+ shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
+ shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
+ shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+link|lin|li|l)
+ shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
+ shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+# Option defaults:
+opt_debug=:
+opt_dry_run=false
+opt_config=false
+opt_preserve_dup_deps=false
+opt_features=false
+opt_finish=false
+opt_help=false
+opt_help_all=false
+opt_silent=:
+opt_warning=:
+opt_verbose=:
+opt_silent=false
+opt_verbose=false
+
+
+# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in the
+# script to make things like `--version' happen as quickly as we can.
+{
+ # this just eases exit handling
+ while test $# -gt 0; do
+ opt="$1"
shift
- prev=tag
- ;;
+ case $opt in
+ --debug|-x) opt_debug='set -x'
+ func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
+ $opt_debug
+ ;;
+ --dry-run|--dryrun|-n)
+ opt_dry_run=:
+ ;;
+ --config)
+ opt_config=:
+func_config
+ ;;
+ --dlopen|-dlopen)
+ optarg="$1"
+ opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen
+}$optarg"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ --preserve-dup-deps)
+ opt_preserve_dup_deps=:
+ ;;
+ --features)
+ opt_features=:
+func_features
+ ;;
+ --finish)
+ opt_finish=:
+set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ --help)
+ opt_help=:
+ ;;
+ --help-all)
+ opt_help_all=:
+opt_help=': help-all'
+ ;;
+ --mode)
+ test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break
+ optarg="$1"
+ opt_mode="$optarg"
+case $optarg in
+ # Valid mode arguments:
+ clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;;
- -dlopen)
- prevopt="-dlopen"
- prev=execute_dlfiles
- ;;
+ # Catch anything else as an error
+ *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt"
+ exit_cmd=exit
+ break
+ ;;
+esac
+ shift
+ ;;
+ --no-silent|--no-quiet)
+ opt_silent=false
+func_append preserve_args " $opt"
+ ;;
+ --no-warning|--no-warn)
+ opt_warning=false
+func_append preserve_args " $opt"
+ ;;
+ --no-verbose)
+ opt_verbose=false
+func_append preserve_args " $opt"
+ ;;
+ --silent|--quiet)
+ opt_silent=:
+func_append preserve_args " $opt"
+ opt_verbose=false
+ ;;
+ --verbose|-v)
+ opt_verbose=:
+func_append preserve_args " $opt"
+opt_silent=false
+ ;;
+ --tag)
+ test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break
+ optarg="$1"
+ opt_tag="$optarg"
+func_append preserve_args " $opt $optarg"
+func_enable_tag "$optarg"
+ shift
+ ;;
- -*)
- $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ -\?|-h) func_usage ;;
+ --help) func_help ;;
+ --version) func_version ;;
+
+ # Separate optargs to long options:
+ --*=*)
+ func_split_long_opt "$opt"
+ set dummy "$func_split_long_opt_name" "$func_split_long_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ # Separate non-argument short options:
+ -\?*|-h*|-n*|-v*)
+ func_split_short_opt "$opt"
+ set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --) break ;;
+ -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;;
+ *) set dummy "$opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Validate options:
+
+ # save first non-option argument
+ if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+ nonopt="$opt"
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # preserve --debug
+ test "$opt_debug" = : || func_append preserve_args " --debug"
+
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*)
+ # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
+ opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
+ ;;
+ *)
+ opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ $opt_help || {
+ # Sanity checks first:
+ func_check_version_match
+
+ if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
+ func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
+ fi
+
+ # Darwin sucks
+ eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+
+ # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
+ if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test "$opt_mode" != execute; then
+ func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'"
+ $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+ fi
+
+ # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
+ generic_help="$help"
+ help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information."
+ }
+
+
+ # Bail if the options were screwed
+ $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Main. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+# func_lalib_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_lalib_p ()
+{
+ test -f "$1" &&
+ $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \
+ | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
+# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
+# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and
+# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
+# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
+# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist.
+func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
+{
+ lalib_p=no
+ if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
+ for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
+ do
+ read lalib_p_line
+ case "$lalib_p_line" in
+ \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
+ esac
+ done
+ exec 0<&5 5<&-
+ fi
+ test "$lalib_p" = yes
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
+{
+ func_lalib_p "$1"
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
+{
+ func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
+ case $1 in
+ *.exe) ;;
+ *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
+ esac
+ $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
+# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
+# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
+# temporary ltwrapper_script.
+func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
+{
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper"
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_p ()
+{
+ func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
+# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
+# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
+# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
+func_execute_cmds ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+ for cmd in $1; do
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+ func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+}
+
+
+# func_source file
+# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
+# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
+# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
+# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing
+# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
+func_source ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ case $1 in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;;
+ *) . "./$1" ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_resolve_sysroot PATH
+# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into
+# func_resolve_sysroot_result
+func_resolve_sysroot ()
+{
+ func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1
+ case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in
+ =*)
+ func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
;;
+ esac
+}
+# func_replace_sysroot PATH
+# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and
+# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result.
+func_replace_sysroot ()
+{
+ case "$lt_sysroot:$1" in
+ ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*)
+ func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1"
+ func_replace_sysroot_result="=$func_stripname_result"
+ ;;
*)
- nonopt="$arg"
- break
+ # Including no sysroot.
+ func_replace_sysroot_result=$1
;;
esac
-done
+}
-if test -n "$prevopt"; then
- $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
+# func_infer_tag arg
+# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
+# command doesn't match the default compiler.
+# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
+func_infer_tag ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+ CC_quoted=
+ for arg in $CC; do
+ func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+ done
+ CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+ CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+ case $@ in
+ # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+ # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+ " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;;
+ # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+ # if we don't check for them as well.
+ *)
+ for z in $available_tags; do
+ if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
+ # Evaluate the configuration.
+ eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
+ CC_quoted=
+ for arg in $CC; do
+ # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+ func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+ done
+ CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+ CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+ case "$@ " in
+ " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*)
+ # The compiler in the base compile command matches
+ # the one in the tagged configuration.
+ # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+ tagname=$z
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+ # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+ # line option must be used.
+ if test -z "$tagname"; then
+ func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
+ func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'"
+# else
+# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+}
-# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
-# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
-# left over by shells.
-exec_cmd=
-if test -z "$show_help"; then
- # Infer the operation mode.
- if test -z "$mode"; then
- case $nonopt in
- *cc | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc*)
- mode=link
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -c)
- mode=compile
- break
- ;;
- esac
- done
- ;;
- *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss)
- mode=execute
- ;;
- *install*|cp|mv)
- mode=install
- ;;
- *rm)
- mode=uninstall
- ;;
- *)
- # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode.
- test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute
+# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
+# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
+# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
+func_write_libtool_object ()
+{
+ write_libobj=${1}
+ if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+ write_lobj=\'${2}\'
+ else
+ write_lobj=none
+ fi
- # Just use the default operation mode.
- if test -z "$mode"; then
- if test -n "$nonopt"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2
- else
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2
- fi
+ if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+ write_oldobj=\'${3}\'
+ else
+ write_oldobj=none
+ fi
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF
+# $write_libobj - a libtool object file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# Name of the PIC object.
+pic_object=$write_lobj
+
+# Name of the non-PIC object
+non_pic_object=$write_oldobj
+
+EOF
+ $MV "${write_libobj}T" "${write_libobj}"
+ }
+}
+
+
+##################################################
+# FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+
+# func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix,
+# and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a
+# correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program
+# in $build's $PATH.
+#
+# ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will
+# be empty on error (or when ARG is empty)
+func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we
+ # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the
+ # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
+ # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of
+ # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction:
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
+ if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp}"; then
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" |
+ $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+ else
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and
+# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly
+# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's
+# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters.
+#
+# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result.
+# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names
+# are convertible, then the result may be empty.
+func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=""
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ oldIFS=$IFS
+ IFS=:
+ for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do
+ IFS=$oldIFS
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f"
+ if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" ; then
+ if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+ else
+ func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+ fi
fi
+ done
+ IFS=$oldIFS
+ fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_cygpath ARGS...
+# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when
+# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2)
+# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or
+# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input
+# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted
+# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name
+# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in
+# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error.
+#
+# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to
+# be converted.
+#
+# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH
+# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH.
+func_cygpath ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then
+ func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null`
+ if test "$?" -ne 0; then
+ # on failure, ensure result is empty
+ func_cygpath_result=
+ fi
+ else
+ func_cygpath_result=
+ func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: \`$LT_CYGPATH'"
+ fi
+}
+#end: func_cygpath
+
+
+# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return
+# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result.
+func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null |
+ $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+}
+#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2
+# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1).
+func_convert_file_check ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1" ; then
+ func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to"
+ func_error " \`$1'"
+ func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+ # Fallback:
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_file_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH
+# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below).
+func_convert_path_check ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then
+ func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to"
+ func_error " \`$3'"
+ func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+ # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and
+ # should not be "improved". See libtool.info.
+ if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then
+ lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g"
+ func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" |
+ $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"`
+ else
+ func_to_host_path_result="$3"
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG
+# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT
+# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT.
+func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ case $4 in
+ $1 ) func_to_host_path_result="$3$func_to_host_path_result"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $4 in
+ $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep
+
+
+##################################################
+# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+# invoked via `$to_host_file_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result.
+
+
+# func_to_host_file ARG
+# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_to_host_file ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ $to_host_file_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_file
+
+
+# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY
+# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return
+# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed
+# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place.
+func_to_tool_file ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ case ,$2, in
+ *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*)
+ func_to_tool_file_result=$1
;;
- esac
+ *)
+ $to_tool_file_cmd "$1"
+ func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+# end func_to_tool_file
+
+
+# func_convert_file_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_noop ()
+{
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
- # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
- if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
- $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
+
+# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use
+ # LT_CYGPATH in this case.
+ func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"`
fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
- # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
- generic_help="$help"
- help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
- # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly.
- case $mode in
- # libtool compile mode
- compile)
- modename="$modename: compile"
- # Get the compilation command and the source file.
- base_compile=
- prev=
- lastarg=
- srcfile="$nonopt"
- suppress_output=
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment
+# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
- user_target=no
- for arg
- do
- case $prev in
- "") ;;
- xcompiler)
- # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
- prev=
- lastarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result"
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
- # Add the previous argument to base_compile.
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- base_compile="$lastarg"
- else
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- # Accept any command-line options.
- case $arg in
- -o)
- if test "$user_target" != "no"; then
- $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- user_target=next
- ;;
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed
+# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_file_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin.
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result"
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
- -static)
- build_old_libs=yes
- continue
- ;;
- -prefer-pic)
- pic_mode=yes
- continue
- ;;
+#############################################
+# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+#############################################
+# invoked via `$to_host_path_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result.
+#
+# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If
+# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but
+# converted to $host format) on output.
+#
+# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention:
+# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y ()
+# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y ()
+# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the
+# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations,
+# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# will break.
- -prefer-non-pic)
- pic_mode=no
- continue
- ;;
- -Xcompiler)
- prev=xcompiler
- continue
- ;;
+# func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the
+# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd.
+to_host_path_cmd=
+func_init_to_host_path_cmd ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then
+ func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd"
+ to_host_path_cmd="func_convert_path_${func_stripname_result}"
+ fi
+}
- -Wc,*)
- args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"`
- lastarg=
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for arg in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- lastarg="$lastarg $arg"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
+# func_to_host_path ARG
+# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_path_result.
+func_to_host_path ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+ $to_host_path_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_path
- # Add the arguments to base_compile.
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- base_compile="$lastarg"
- else
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- case $user_target in
- next)
- # The next one is the -o target name
- user_target=yes
- continue
+# func_convert_path_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_noop ()
+{
+ func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+}
+# end func_convert_path_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS
+ # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.';
+ # and winepath ignores them completely.
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+ func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"`
+ func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and
+# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
+ func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result"
+ func_convert_path_check : : \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a
+# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
+ # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
+ # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result"
+ func_convert_path_check : : \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_mode_compile arg...
+func_mode_compile ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ # Get the compilation command and the source file.
+ base_compile=
+ srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
+ suppress_opt=yes
+ suppress_output=
+ arg_mode=normal
+ libobj=
+ later=
+ pie_flag=
+
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg_mode in
+ arg )
+ # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile
+ lastarg="$arg"
+ arg_mode=normal
;;
- yes)
- # We got the output file
- user_target=set
+
+ target )
libobj="$arg"
+ arg_mode=normal
continue
;;
- esac
- # Accept the current argument as the source file.
- lastarg="$srcfile"
- srcfile="$arg"
+ normal )
+ # Accept any command-line options.
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ test -n "$libobj" && \
+ func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once"
+ arg_mode=target
+ continue
+ ;;
- # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
+ -pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
+ func_append pie_flag " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
- # Backslashify any backslashes, double quotes, and dollar signs.
- # These are the only characters that are still specially
- # interpreted inside of double-quoted scrings.
- lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+ -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
+ func_append later " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- case $lastarg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- lastarg="\"$lastarg\""
+ -no-suppress)
+ suppress_opt=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -Xcompiler)
+ arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
+ continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
+ ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug.
+
+ -Wc,*)
+ func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+ args=$func_stripname_result
+ lastarg=
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+ for arg in $args; do
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg"
+ done
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
+ lastarg=$func_stripname_result
+
+ # Add the arguments to base_compile.
+ func_append base_compile " $lastarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ # Accept the current argument as the source file.
+ # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
+ #
+ lastarg="$srcfile"
+ srcfile="$arg"
+ ;;
+ esac # case $arg
;;
- esac
+ esac # case $arg_mode
- # Add the previous argument to base_compile.
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- base_compile="$lastarg"
- else
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- fi
- done
+ # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
+ func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg"
+ done # for arg
- case $user_target in
- set)
+ case $arg_mode in
+ arg)
+ func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
;;
- no)
- # Get the name of the library object.
- libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+ target)
+ func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'"
;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ # Get the name of the library object.
+ test -z "$libobj" && {
+ func_basename "$srcfile"
+ libobj="$func_basename_result"
+ }
;;
esac
# Recognize several different file suffixes.
# If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
- xform='[cCFSfmso]'
case $libobj in
- *.ada) xform=ada ;;
- *.adb) xform=adb ;;
- *.ads) xform=ads ;;
- *.asm) xform=asm ;;
- *.c++) xform=c++ ;;
- *.cc) xform=cc ;;
- *.class) xform=class ;;
- *.cpp) xform=cpp ;;
- *.cxx) xform=cxx ;;
- *.f90) xform=f90 ;;
- *.for) xform=for ;;
- *.java) xform=java ;;
+ *.[cCFSifmso] | \
+ *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
+ *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
+ *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup)
+ func_xform "$libobj"
+ libobj=$func_xform_result
+ ;;
esac
- libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"`
-
case $libobj in
- *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;;
+ *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'"
;;
esac
- # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
- # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
- # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
- # command doesn't match the default compiler.
- if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
- case $base_compile in
- "$CC "*) ;;
- # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
- # but not from the CC environment variable when ltconfig was run.
- "`$echo $CC` "*) ;;
- *)
- for z in $available_tags; do
- if grep "^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$0" > /dev/null; then
- # Evaluate the configuration.
- eval "`sed -n -e '/^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $0`"
- case $base_compile in
- "$CC "*)
- # The compiler in the base compile command matches
- # the one in the tagged configuration.
- # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
- tagname=$z
- break
- ;;
- "`$echo $CC` "*)
- tagname=$z
- break
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
- # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
- # line option must be used.
- if test -z "$tagname"; then
- echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration"
- echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2
- exit 1
-# else
-# echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration"
- fi
+ func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+ for arg in $later; do
+ case $arg in
+ -shared)
+ test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
+ func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
+ build_old_libs=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -static)
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -prefer-pic)
+ pic_mode=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -prefer-non-pic)
+ pic_mode=no
+ continue
;;
esac
- fi
+ done
- objname=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then
- xdir=
- else
- xdir=$xdir/
- fi
+ func_quote_for_eval "$libobj"
+ test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \
+ && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \
+ && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
+ objname="$func_basename_result"
+ xdir="$func_dirname_result"
lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ test -z "$base_compile" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
# Delete any leftover library objects.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
@@ -556,16 +2121,13 @@ if test -z "$show_help"; then
removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
fi
- $run $rm $removelist
- trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
# On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
case $host_os in
- cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
pic_mode=default
;;
esac
- if test $pic_mode = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+ if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
# non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
pic_mode=default
fi
@@ -573,10 +2135,8 @@ if test -z "$show_help"; then
# Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
# not support -o with -c
if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
- output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
+ output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
- removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile"
- trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15
else
output_obj=
need_locks=no
@@ -586,13 +2146,13 @@ if test -z "$show_help"; then
# Lock this critical section if it is needed
# We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
- until $run ln "$0" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
- $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+ until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+ func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
sleep 2
done
elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
if test -f "$lockfile"; then
- echo "\
+ $ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
@@ -603,29 +2163,21 @@ repeat this compilation, it may succeed,
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
- echo $srcfile > "$lockfile"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
- eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
+ func_append removelist " $output_obj"
+ $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
fi
- $run $rm "$libobj" "${libobj}T"
-
- # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
- # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
- test -z "$run" && cat > ${libobj}T <<EOF
-# $libobj - a libtool object file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ func_append removelist " $lockfile"
+ trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
-# Name of the PIC object.
-EOF
+ func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
+ qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
# Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
@@ -633,38 +2185,25 @@ EOF
fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
- command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag"
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
else
# Don't build PIC code
- command="$base_compile $srcfile"
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
fi
- if test ! -d ${xdir}$objdir; then
- $show "$mkdir ${xdir}$objdir"
- $run $mkdir ${xdir}$objdir
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d ${xdir}$objdir; then
- exit $status
- fi
- fi
+ func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
if test -z "$output_obj"; then
- # Place PIC objects in $objdir
- command="$command -o $lobj"
+ # Place PIC objects in $objdir
+ func_append command " -o $lobj"
fi
- $run $rm "$lobj" "$output_obj"
-
- $show "$command"
- if $run eval "$command"; then :
- else
- test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
+ func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+ 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
- test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then
- echo "\
+ test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+ $ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
@@ -678,63 +2217,42 @@ repeat this compilation, it may succeed,
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
- if test -n "$output_obj" && test "x$output_obj" != "x$lobj"; then
- $show "$mv $output_obj $lobj"
- if $run $mv $output_obj $lobj; then :
- else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
- fi
+ if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
+ func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
+ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
fi
- # Append the name of the PIC object to the libtool object file.
- test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
-pic_object='$objdir/$objname'
-
-EOF
-
# Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
- suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
- else
- # No PIC object so indicate it doesn't exist in the libtool
- # object file.
- test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
-pic_object=none
-
-EOF
+ if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
+ suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
+ fi
fi
# Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
# Don't build PIC code
- command="$base_compile $srcfile"
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
else
- command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag"
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
fi
if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
- command="$command -o $obj"
+ func_append command " -o $obj"
fi
# Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
- command="$command$suppress_output"
- $run $rm "$obj" "$output_obj"
- $show "$command"
- if $run eval "$command"; then :
- else
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
+ func_append command "$suppress_output"
+ func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+ '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
- test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then
- echo "\
+ test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+ $ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
@@ -748,57 +2266,2839 @@ repeat this compilation, it may succeed,
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Just move the object if needed
- if test -n "$output_obj" && test "x$output_obj" != "x$obj"; then
- $show "$mv $output_obj $obj"
- if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then :
+ if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
+ func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
+ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
+
+ # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
+ if test "$need_locks" != no; then
+ removelist=$lockfile
+ $RM "$lockfile"
+ fi
+ }
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+$opt_help || {
+ test "$opt_mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+func_mode_help ()
+{
+ # We need to display help for each of the modes.
+ case $opt_mode in
+ "")
+ # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
+ # at the start of this file.
+ func_help
+ ;;
+
+ clean)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove files from the build directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
+with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+ ;;
+
+ compile)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
+
+Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+ -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
+ -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
+ -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only
+ -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only
+ -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
+ -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
+ -Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler
+
+COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
+from the given SOURCEFILE.
+
+The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
+SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
+library object suffix, \`.lo'."
+ ;;
+
+ execute)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
+
+Automatically set library path, then run a program.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+ -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
+
+This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
+flags.
+
+If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
+into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
+directories are added to the library path.
+
+Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
+ ;;
+
+ finish)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
+
+Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
+
+Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
+
+The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
+the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
+ ;;
+
+ install)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
+
+Install executables or libraries.
+
+INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
+either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
+
+The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+ -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
+
+The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
+BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
+ ;;
+
+ link)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
+
+Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
+create an executable program.
+
+LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
+a program from several object files.
+
+The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+ -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
+ -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
+ -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where
+ libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime)
+ -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
+ -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
+ -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
+ -export-symbols SYMFILE
+ try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
+ -export-symbols-regex REGEX
+ try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
+ -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
+ -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
+ -module build a library that can dlopened
+ -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
+ -no-install link a not-installable executable
+ -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
+ -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
+ -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
+ -precious-files-regex REGEX
+ don't remove output files matching REGEX
+ -release RELEASE specify package release information
+ -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
+ -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
+ -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+ -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension
+ -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
+ -static-libtool-libs
+ do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+ -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
+ specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
+ -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
+ -Wc,FLAG
+ -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler
+ -Wl,FLAG
+ -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker
+ -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC)
+
+All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
+
+Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are
+treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
+object files.
+
+If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
+only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
+required, except when creating a convenience library.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
+using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
+is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
+ ;;
+
+ uninstall)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove libraries from an installation directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
+Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo
+ $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
+}
+
+# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
+if $opt_help; then
+ if test "$opt_help" = :; then
+ func_mode_help
+ else
+ {
+ func_help noexit
+ for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+ func_mode_help
+ done
+ } | sed -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p'
+ {
+ func_help noexit
+ for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+ echo
+ func_mode_help
+ done
+ } |
+ sed '1d
+ /^When reporting/,/^Report/{
+ H
+ d
+ }
+ $x
+ /information about other modes/d
+ /more detailed .*MODE/d
+ s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/'
+ fi
+ exit $?
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_execute arg...
+func_mode_execute ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ # The first argument is the command name.
+ cmd="$nonopt"
+ test -z "$cmd" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
+
+ # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
+ for file in $opt_dlopen; do
+ test -f "$file" \
+ || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file"
+
+ dir=
+ case $file in
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+ file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+ func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+ || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+ # Read the libtool library.
+ dlname=
+ library_names=
+ func_source "$file"
+
+ # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
+ if test -z "$dlname"; then
+ # Warn if it was a shared library.
+ test -n "$library_names" && \
+ func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+ dir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+ if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
+ func_append dir "/$objdir"
else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
+ if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'"
+ fi
fi
+ ;;
+
+ *.lo)
+ # Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
+ func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+ dir="$func_dirname_result"
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Get the absolute pathname.
+ absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+ test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
+
+ # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
+ if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
+ eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
+ else
+ eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
fi
+ done
- # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file.
- # Only append if the libtool object file exists.
- test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
-# Name of the non-PIC object.
-non_pic_object='$objname'
+ # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
+ # rather than running their programs.
+ libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
-EOF
+ # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
+ args=
+ for file
+ do
+ case $file in
+ -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;;
+ *)
+ # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+ if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
+ func_source "$file"
+ # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+ file="$progdir/$program"
+ elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+ func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+ # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+ file="$progdir/$program"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
+ func_append_quoted args "$file"
+ done
+
+ if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ # Export the shlibpath_var.
+ eval "export $shlibpath_var"
+ fi
+
+ # Restore saved environment variables
+ for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+ do
+ eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+ $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
+ else
+ $lt_unset $lt_var
+ fi"
+ done
+
+ # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
+ exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
else
- # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file.
- # Only append if the libtool object file exists.
- test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
-# Name of the non-PIC object.
-non_pic_object=none
+ # Display what would be done.
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
+ echo "export $shlibpath_var"
+ fi
+ $ECHO "$cmd$args"
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ fi
+}
-EOF
+test "$opt_mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_finish arg...
+func_mode_finish ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ libs=
+ libdirs=
+ admincmds=
+
+ for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"}
+ do
+ if test -d "$opt"; then
+ func_append libdirs " $opt"
+
+ elif test -f "$opt"; then
+ if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then
+ func_append libs " $opt"
+ else
+ func_warning "\`$opt' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ fi
+
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "invalid argument \`$opt'"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$libs"; then
+ if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then
+ sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+ sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;"
+ else
+ sysroot_cmd=
+ fi
+
+ # Remove sysroot references
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ for lib in $libs; do
+ echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and \`=' prefixes from $lib"
+ done
+ else
+ tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+ for lib in $libs; do
+ sed -e "${sysroot_cmd} s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \
+ > $tmpdir/tmp-la
+ mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib
+ done
+ ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+ fi
fi
- $run $mv "${libobj}T" "${libobj}"
+ if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+ for libdir in $libdirs; do
+ if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
+ # Do each command in the finish commands.
+ func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
+'"$cmd"'"'
+ fi
+ if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
+ # Do the single finish_eval.
+ eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds "
+ $cmds"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
- # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
- if test "$need_locks" != no; then
- $run $rm "$lockfile"
+ # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
+ $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+ if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+ echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+ echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
+ for libdir in $libdirs; do
+ $ECHO " $libdir"
+ done
+ echo
+ echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
+ echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
+ echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
+ echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
+ echo " during execution"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+ echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
+ echo " during linking"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+ libdir=LIBDIR
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+
+ $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$admincmds"; then
+ $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
+ fi
+ if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+ echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
+ fi
+ echo
+
+ echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
+ case $host in
+ solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
+ echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
+ echo "pages."
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
+ ;;
+ esac
+ echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
fi
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
- exit 0
+test "$opt_mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_install arg...
+func_mode_install ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
+ # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
+ if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
+ # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
+ case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac; then
+ # Aesthetically quote it.
+ func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
+ install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
+ arg=$1
+ shift
+ else
+ install_prog=
+ arg=$nonopt
+ fi
+
+ # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
+ # Aesthetically quote it.
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ install_shared_prog=$install_prog
+ case " $install_prog " in
+ *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;;
+ *) install_cp=false ;;
+ esac
+
+ # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
+ dest=
+ files=
+ opts=
+ prev=
+ install_type=
+ isdir=no
+ stripme=
+ no_mode=:
+ for arg
+ do
+ arg2=
+ if test -n "$dest"; then
+ func_append files " $dest"
+ dest=$arg
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case $arg in
+ -d) isdir=yes ;;
+ -f)
+ if $install_cp; then :; else
+ prev=$arg
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -g | -m | -o)
+ prev=$arg
+ ;;
+ -s)
+ stripme=" -s"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
+ if test -n "$prev"; then
+ if test "x$prev" = x-m && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then
+ arg2=$install_override_mode
+ no_mode=false
+ fi
+ prev=
+ else
+ dest=$arg
+ continue
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Aesthetically quote the argument.
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ if test -n "$arg2"; then
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg2"
+ fi
+ func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ done
+
+ test -z "$install_prog" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
+
+ test -n "$prev" && \
+ func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument"
+
+ if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then
+ if $install_cp; then :; else
+ func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode"
+ func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$files"; then
+ if test -z "$dest"; then
+ func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
+ else
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
+ func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
+ dest=$func_stripname_result
+
+ # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
+ test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
+ if test "$isdir" = yes; then
+ destdir="$dest"
+ destname=
+ else
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
+ destdir="$func_dirname_result"
+ destname="$func_basename_result"
+
+ # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
+ set dummy $files; shift
+ test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+ func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory"
+ fi
+ case $destdir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+ *)
+ for file in $files; do
+ case $file in
+ *.lo) ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+ # than running their programs.
+ libtool_install_magic="$magic"
+
+ staticlibs=
+ future_libdirs=
+ current_libdirs=
+ for file in $files; do
+
+ # Do each installation.
+ case $file in
+ *.$libext)
+ # Do the static libraries later.
+ func_append staticlibs " $file"
+ ;;
+
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+ file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+ func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+ || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+ library_names=
+ old_library=
+ relink_command=
+ func_source "$file"
+
+ # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
+ if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
+ case "$current_libdirs " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
+ case "$future_libdirs " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
+ dir="$func_dirname_result"
+ func_append dir "$objdir"
+
+ if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
+ inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
+
+ # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
+ # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
+ # are installed to the same prefix.
+ # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
+ # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
+ # but it's something to keep an eye on.
+ test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
+
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+ # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
+ else
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
+ fi
+
+ func_warning "relinking \`$file'"
+ func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
+ 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
+ fi
+
+ # See the names of the shared library.
+ set dummy $library_names; shift
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ realname="$1"
+ shift
+
+ srcname="$realname"
+ test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
+
+ # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
+ func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
+ 'exit $?'
+ tstripme="$stripme"
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+ case $realname in
+ *.dll.a)
+ tstripme=""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
+ func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+ # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
+ # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on
+ # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
+ # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
+ for linkname
+ do
+ test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
+ && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
+ done
+ fi
+
+ # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+ lib="$destdir/$realname"
+ func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
+ func_basename "$file"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+ instname="$dir/$name"i
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
+
+ # Maybe install the static library, too.
+ test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library"
+ ;;
+
+ *.lo)
+ # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
+
+ # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+ if test -n "$destname"; then
+ destfile="$destdir/$destname"
+ else
+ func_basename "$file"
+ destfile="$func_basename_result"
+ destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
+ fi
+
+ # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
+ case $destfile in
+ *.lo)
+ func_lo2o "$destfile"
+ staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
+ ;;
+ *.$objext)
+ staticdest="$destfile"
+ destfile=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Install the libtool object if requested.
+ test -n "$destfile" && \
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
+
+ # Install the old object if enabled.
+ if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+ # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
+ func_lo2o "$file"
+ staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+ if test -n "$destname"; then
+ destfile="$destdir/$destname"
+ else
+ func_basename "$file"
+ destfile="$func_basename_result"
+ destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
+ fi
+
+ # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
+ # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
+ # install
+ stripped_ext=""
+ case $file in
+ *.exe)
+ if test ! -f "$file"; then
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+ file=$func_stripname_result
+ stripped_ext=".exe"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw*)
+ if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+ wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ else
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+ wrapper=$func_stripname_result
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ wrapper=$file
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
+ notinst_deplibs=
+ relink_command=
+
+ func_source "$wrapper"
+
+ # Check the variables that should have been set.
+ test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
+ func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'"
+
+ finalize=yes
+ for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
+ # Check to see that each library is installed.
+ libdir=
+ if test -f "$lib"; then
+ func_source "$lib"
+ fi
+ libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+ if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
+ func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'"
+ finalize=no
+ fi
+ done
+
+ relink_command=
+ func_source "$wrapper"
+
+ outputname=
+ if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ if test "$finalize" = yes; then
+ tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+ func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
+ file="$func_basename_result"
+ outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
+ # Replace the output file specification.
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
+
+ $opt_silent || {
+ func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+ }
+ if eval "$relink_command"; then :
+ else
+ func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it"
+ $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+ continue
+ fi
+ file="$outputname"
+ else
+ func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'"
+ fi
+ }
+ else
+ # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
+ file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
+ # one anyway
+ case $install_prog,$host in
+ */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
+ case $file:$destfile in
+ *.exe:*.exe)
+ # this is ok
+ ;;
+ *.exe:*)
+ destfile=$destfile.exe
+ ;;
+ *:*.exe)
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
+ destfile=$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
+ $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
+ ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ for file in $staticlibs; do
+ func_basename "$file"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+
+ # Set up the ranlib parameters.
+ oldlib="$destdir/$name"
+ func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
+
+ if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
+ func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+ func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ done
+
+ test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
+ func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
+
+ if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
+ # Maybe just do a dry run.
+ $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
+ exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
+ else
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ fi
+}
+
+test "$opt_mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
+# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
+# a dlpreopen symbol table.
+func_generate_dlsyms ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ my_outputname="$1"
+ my_originator="$2"
+ my_pic_p="${3-no}"
+ my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
+ my_dlsyms=
+
+ if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+ if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+ my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c"
+ else
+ func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
+ case $my_dlsyms in
+ "") ;;
+ *.c)
+ # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
+ nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm"
+
+ func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+
+ # Parse the name list into a source file.
+ func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+
+ $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
+/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern \"C\" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4))
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\"
+#endif
+
+/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime
+ relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#elif defined(__osf__)
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#else
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
+#endif
+
+/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
+"
+
+ if test "$dlself" = yes; then
+ func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
+
+ $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
+
+ # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
+ progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ for progfile in $progfiles; do
+ func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$func_to_tool_file_result'"
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+ eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+ }
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+ eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+ }
+ fi
+
+ # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+ if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+ export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ $RM $export_symbols
+ eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+ else
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
+ eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+ eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
+ func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'"
+ func_basename "$dlprefile"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname
+ if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then
+ func_tr_sh "$dlprefile"
+ eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result"
+ dlprefile_dlbasename=""
+ if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then
+ # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values
+ dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"`
+ if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname" ; then
+ func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname"
+ dlprefile_dlbasename="$func_basename_result"
+ else
+ # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>.
+ $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile"
+ dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+ fi
+ fi
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename" ; then
+ eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"'
+ else
+ func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name"
+ eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+ fi
+ func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe |
+ $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'"
+ }
+ else # not an import lib
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+ func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+ }
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+ func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+ }
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
+ test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
+
+ if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+ $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
+ $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+ fi
+
+ # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+ if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
+ if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ sort -k 3
+ else
+ sort +2
+ fi |
+ uniq > "$nlist"S; then
+ :
+ else
+ $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
+ fi
+
+ if test -f "$nlist"S; then
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
+ else
+ echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ fi
+
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ void *address;
+} lt_dlsymlist;
+extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];
+LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{\
+ { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 },"
+
+ case $need_lib_prefix in
+ no)
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+ {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+ return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif\
+"
+ } # !$opt_dry_run
+
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=
+ case "$compile_command " in
+ *" -static "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case $host in
+ # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
+ # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
+ # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
+ # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
+ # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
+ *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
+ *-*-hpux*)
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;;
+ *)
+ if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ symtab_cflags=
+ for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
+ case $arg in
+ -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
+ *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
+ func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
+
+ # Clean up the generated files.
+ func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"'
+
+ # Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
+ symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext"
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+ else
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
+ # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
+ # really was required.
+
+ # Nullify the symbol file.
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+ fi
+}
+
+# func_win32_libid arg
+# return the library type of file 'arg'
+#
+# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
+# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
+# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
+# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries.
+func_win32_libid ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ win32_libid_type="unknown"
+ win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
+ case $win32_fileres in
+ *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
+ win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
;;
+ *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
+ # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD.
+ if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
+ $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" |
+ $SED -n -e '
+ 1,100{
+ / I /{
+ s,.*,import,
+ p
+ q
+ }
+ }'`
+ case $win32_nmres in
+ import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
+ *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *DLL*)
+ win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+ ;;
+ *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
+ case $win32_fileres in
+ *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
+ win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
+}
- # libtool link mode
- link | relink)
- modename="$modename: link"
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG
+#
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"`
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs
+#
+# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a
+# platform-specific function to extract the name of the
+# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME.
+#
+# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending
+# on the platform and compiler that created the implib.
+#
+# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the
+# specified import library.
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+ $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null |
+ $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{
+ # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section
+ s/.*/====MARK====/
+ p
+ d
+ }
+ # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but
+ # are always uninteresting
+ /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d
+ /^In archive [^:]*:/d
+ # Ensure marker is printed
+ /^====MARK====/p
+ # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters
+ /^.\{43\}/!d
+ # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters
+ s/^.\{43\}//' |
+ $SED -n '
+ # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line
+ /^====MARK====/ b para
+ H
+ $ b para
+ b
+ :para
+ x
+ s/\n//g
+ # Remove the marker
+ s/^====MARK====//
+ # Remove trailing dots and whitespace
+ s/[\. \t]*$//
+ # Print
+ /./p' |
+ # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified
+ # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the
+ # archive which possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate
+ # all those which have a first or second character that is
+ # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable
+ # character.) This should work for all archives with less than
+ # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually
+ # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by
+ # a '.'.
+ #
+ # Of those that remain, print the first one.
+ $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q'
+}
+
+# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'`
+ test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_ms_implib_p ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'`
+ test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+#
+# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL
+# does not support the --identify-strict option.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" ; then
+ # binutils import library
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"`
+ elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ; then
+ # ms-generated import library
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"`
+ else
+ # unknown
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=""
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
+func_extract_an_archive ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift
+ f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1"
+ if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then
+ lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock
+ until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+ func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+ sleep 2
+ done
+ fi
+ func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \
+ 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat'
+ if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then
+ $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile"
+ fi
+ if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+ :
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
+func_extract_archives ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ my_gentop="$1"; shift
+ my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
+ my_oldobjs=""
+ my_xlib=""
+ my_xabs=""
+ my_xdir=""
+
+ for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
+ # Extract the objects.
+ case $my_xlib in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;;
+ *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
+ esac
+ func_basename "$my_xlib"
+ my_xlib="$func_basename_result"
+ my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
+ while :; do
+ case " $extracted_archives " in
+ *" $my_xlib_u "*)
+ func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
+ extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
+ my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
+ *) break ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
+ my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u"
+
+ func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
+
+ case $host in
+ *-darwin*)
+ func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
+ # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
+ cd $my_xdir || exit $?
+ darwin_archive=$my_xabs
+ darwin_curdir=`pwd`
+ darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"`
+ darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
+ if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
+ darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
+ darwin_arch=
+ func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
+ for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do
+ func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
+ $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}"
+ cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
+ func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}"
+ cd "$darwin_curdir"
+ $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}"
+ done # $darwin_arches
+ ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
+ darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u`
+ darwin_file=
+ darwin_files=
+ for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
+ darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+ $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
+ done # $darwin_filelist
+ $RM -rf unfat-$$
+ cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
+ else
+ cd $darwin_orig_dir
+ func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+ fi # $darwin_arches
+ } # !$opt_dry_run
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+ done
+
+ func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs"
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
+# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
+# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within
+# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
+# set therein.
+#
+# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
+# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script
+# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is
+# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
+# behavior.
+func_emit_wrapper ()
+{
+ func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no}
+
+ $ECHO "\
+#! $SHELL
+
+# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+#
+# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+# libraries that it depends on are installed.
+#
+# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
+# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+ case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
+fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
+
+# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
+if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
+ # install mode needs the following variables:
+ generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
+ notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
+else
+ # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
+ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+ file=\"\$0\""
+
+ qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+ $ECHO "\
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+ eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+\$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+ ECHO=\"$qECHO\"
+ fi
+
+# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to
+# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper
+# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ which is used only on
+# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-"
+# (application programs are unlikely to have options which match
+# this pattern).
+#
+# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and
+# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help.
+#
+# The first argument to this parsing function should be the
+# script's $0 value, followed by "$@".
+lt_option_debug=
+func_parse_lt_options ()
+{
+ lt_script_arg0=\$0
+ shift
+ for lt_opt
+ do
+ case \"\$lt_opt\" in
+ --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;;
+ --lt-dump-script)
+ lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+ test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=.
+ lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
+ cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ --lt-*)
+ \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Print the debug banner immediately:
+ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+ echo \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\" 1>&2
+ fi
+}
+
+# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout
+# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller)
+func_lt_dump_args ()
+{
+ lt_dump_args_N=1;
+ for lt_arg
+ do
+ \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\"
+ lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\`
+ done
+}
+
+# Core function for launching the target application
+func_exec_program_core ()
+{
+"
+ case $host in
+ # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
+ *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ $ECHO "\
+ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+ \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2
+ func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+ fi
+ exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ $ECHO "\
+ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+ \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2
+ func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+ fi
+ exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $ECHO "\
+ \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+}
+
+# A function to encapsulate launching the target application
+# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and
+# launches target application with the remaining arguments.
+func_exec_program ()
+{
+ case \" \$* \" in
+ *\\ --lt-*)
+ for lt_wr_arg
+ do
+ case \$lt_wr_arg in
+ --lt-*) ;;
+ *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ done ;;
+ esac
+ func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"}
+}
+
+ # Parse options
+ func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+
+ # Find the directory that this script lives in.
+ thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+ test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
+
+ # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
+ file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+ while test -n \"\$file\"; do
+ destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
+
+ # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
+ if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
+ case \"\$destdir\" in
+ [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
+ *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\`
+ file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+ done
+
+ # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
+ # the cwrapper.
+ WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
+ if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
+ # special case for '.'
+ if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
+ thisdir=\`pwd\`
+ fi
+ # remove .libs from thisdir
+ case \"\$thisdir\" in
+ *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
+ $objdir ) thisdir=. ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ # Try to get the absolute directory name.
+ absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
+ test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
+"
+
+ if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
+ $ECHO "\
+ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
+ progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+
+ if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
+ { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
+ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
+
+ file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
+
+ if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
+ $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
+ else
+ $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+ fi"
+
+ $ECHO "\
+
+ # relink executable if necessary
+ if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
+ if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
+ else
+ $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
+ $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
+ { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
+ $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
+ $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+ fi"
+ else
+ $ECHO "\
+ program='$outputname'
+ progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+"
+ fi
+
+ $ECHO "\
+
+ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
+
+ # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
+ #
+ # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending
+ # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled
+ # libraries must come first.
+ if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
+ PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
+"
+ fi
+
+ # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
+ if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
+ $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
+
+ # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
+ # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
+ $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\`
+
+ export $shlibpath_var
+"
+ fi
+
+ $ECHO "\
+ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+ # Run the actual program with our arguments.
+ func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"}
+ fi
+ else
+ # The program doesn't exist.
+ \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
+ \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
+ \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+fi\
+"
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
+# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
+# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
+func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
+{
+ cat <<EOF
+
+/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
+ Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+
+ The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+ libraries that it depends on are installed.
+
+ This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
+ If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+*/
+EOF
+ cat <<"EOF"
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <direct.h>
+# include <process.h>
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__)
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+int _putenv (const char *);
+# endif
+#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+char *realpath (const char *, char *);
+int putenv (char *);
+int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
+# endif
+/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */
+#endif
+
+/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat _stat
+# define chmod _chmod
+# define getcwd _getcwd
+# define putenv _putenv
+# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
+# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
+# define _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
+# define intptr_t int
+# endif
+#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat _stat
+# define chmod _chmod
+# define getcwd _getcwd
+# define putenv _putenv
+#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# define HAVE_SETENV
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PATH_MAX)
+# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* path handling portability macros */
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
+ defined (__OS2__)
+# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
+# endif
+# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
+ (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
+#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
+#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef FOPEN_WB
+# define FOPEN_WB "w"
+#endif
+#ifndef _O_BINARY
+# define _O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
+#define XFREE(stale) do { \
+ if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
+} while (0)
+
+#if defined(LT_DEBUGWRAPPER)
+static int lt_debug = 1;
+#else
+static int lt_debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t num);
+char *xstrdup (const char *string);
+const char *base_name (const char *name);
+char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
+char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
+int make_executable (const char *path);
+int check_executable (const char *path);
+char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
+void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...);
+void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...);
+static const char *nonnull (const char *s);
+static const char *nonempty (const char *s);
+void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
+char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
+void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+char **prepare_spawn (char **argv);
+void lt_dump_script (FILE *f);
+EOF
+
+ cat <<EOF
+volatile const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe";
+const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var";
+EOF
+
+ if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+ func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath"
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+ else
+ cat <<"EOF"
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "";
+EOF
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+ func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:"
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+ else
+ cat <<"EOF"
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "";
+EOF
+ fi
+
+ if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+ else
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+ fi
+
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+
+#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-"
+
+static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX;
+static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script";
+static const char *debug_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug";
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char **newargz;
+ int newargc;
+ char *tmp_pathspec;
+ char *actual_cwrapper_path;
+ char *actual_cwrapper_name;
+ char *target_name;
+ char *lt_argv_zero;
+ intptr_t rval = 127;
+
+ int i;
+
+ program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0]));
+ newargz = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
+
+ /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt
+ * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except
+ * argz[0], which is handled differently
+ */
+ newargc=0;
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], dumpscript_opt) == 0)
+ {
+EOF
+ case "$host" in
+ *mingw* | *cygwin* )
+ # make stdout use "unix" line endings
+ echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ lt_dump_script (stdout);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], debug_opt) == 0)
+ {
+ lt_debug = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix) == 0)
+ {
+ /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+ namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and
+ have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then
+ report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe
+ they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+ namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll
+ need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option
+ or a configure.ac-settable value.
+ */
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "unrecognized %s option: '%s'",
+ ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]);
+ }
+ /* otherwise ... */
+ newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]);
+ }
+ newargz[++newargc] = NULL;
+
+EOF
+ cat <<EOF
+ /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\n");
+EOF
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]);
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name);
+
+ tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]);
+ if (tmp_pathspec == NULL)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]);
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+ tmp_pathspec);
+
+ actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec);
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+ actual_cwrapper_path);
+ XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+ actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path));
+ strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+ /* wrapper name transforms */
+ strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe");
+ tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1);
+ XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+ actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec;
+ tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+ /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */
+ target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME));
+ strendzap (target_name, ".exe");
+ tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1);
+ XFREE (target_name);
+ target_name = tmp_pathspec;
+ tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) libtool target name: %s\n",
+ target_name);
+EOF
+
+ cat <<EOF
+ newargz[0] =
+ XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) +
+ strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1));
+ strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path);
+ strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir");
+ strcat (newargz[0], "/");
+EOF
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */
+ tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]);
+
+ /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */
+ strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+ /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */
+ lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1);
+ XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+ tmp_pathspec = NULL;
+EOF
+
+ case $host_os in
+ mingw*)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ {
+ char* p;
+ while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL)
+ {
+ *p = '/';
+ }
+ while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL)
+ {
+ *p = '/';
+ }
+ }
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ XFREE (target_name);
+ XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path);
+ XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+ lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */
+ lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */
+ /* Update the DLL searchpath. EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must
+ be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath)
+ because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled
+ libraries must come first. */
+ lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE);
+ lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE);
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n",
+ nonnull (lt_argv_zero));
+ for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
+ {
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n",
+ i, nonnull (newargz[i]));
+ }
+
+EOF
+
+ case $host_os in
+ mingw*)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
+ newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz);
+ rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
+ if (rval == -1)
+ {
+ /* failed to start process */
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n",
+ lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ return 127;
+ }
+ return rval;
+EOF
+ ;;
+ *)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
+ return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+}
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t num)
+{
+ void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
+ if (!p)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted");
+
+ return p;
+}
+
+char *
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+ return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
+ string) : NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+base_name (const char *name)
+{
+ const char *base;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+ /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
+ name += 2;
+#endif
+
+ for (base = name; *name; name++)
+ if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
+ base = name + 1;
+ return base;
+}
+
+int
+check_executable (const char *path)
+{
+ struct stat st;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n",
+ nonempty (path));
+ if ((!path) || (!*path))
+ return 0;
+
+ if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+ && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+make_executable (const char *path)
+{
+ int rval = 0;
+ struct stat st;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n",
+ nonempty (path));
+ if ((!path) || (!*path))
+ return 0;
+
+ if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+ {
+ rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
+ }
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns
+ newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
+ Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
+*/
+char *
+find_executable (const char *wrapper)
+{
+ int has_slash = 0;
+ const char *p;
+ const char *p_next;
+ /* static buffer for getcwd */
+ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
+ int tmp_len;
+ char *concat_name;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n",
+ nonempty (wrapper));
+
+ if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Absolute path? */
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
+ {
+ concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif
+ if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
+ {
+ concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ }
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
+ if (*p == '/')
+ {
+ has_slash = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!has_slash)
+ {
+ /* no slashes; search PATH */
+ const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
+ if (path != NULL)
+ {
+ for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
+ {
+ const char *q;
+ size_t p_len;
+ for (q = p; *q; q++)
+ if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
+ break;
+ p_len = q - p;
+ p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
+ if (p_len == 0)
+ {
+ /* empty path: current directory */
+ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+ nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+ concat_name =
+ XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+ memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+ concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+ strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ concat_name =
+ XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+ memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
+ concat_name[p_len] = '/';
+ strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
+ }
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ }
+ }
+ /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
+ }
+ /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
+ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+ nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+ concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+ memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+ concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+ strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
+{
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+ return xstrdup (pathspec);
+#else
+ char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
+ struct stat s;
+ char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
+ char *p;
+ int has_symlinks = 0;
+ while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
+ {
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
+ tmp_pathspec);
+ if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
+ {
+ if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
+ {
+ has_symlinks = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
+ p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
+ while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+ p--;
+ if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+ {
+ /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
+ break;
+ }
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "error accessing file \"%s\": %s",
+ tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ }
+ }
+ XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+ if (!has_symlinks)
+ {
+ return xstrdup (pathspec);
+ }
+
+ tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
+ if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
+ {
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
+ }
+ return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
+{
+ size_t len, patlen;
+
+ assert (str != NULL);
+ assert (pat != NULL);
+
+ len = strlen (str);
+ patlen = strlen (pat);
+
+ if (patlen <= len)
+ {
+ str += len - patlen;
+ if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0)
+ *str = '\0';
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+void
+lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ if (lt_debug)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line);
+ va_start (args, fmt);
+ (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
+ va_end (args);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file,
+ int line, const char *mode,
+ const char *message, va_list ap)
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode);
+ vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
+ fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
+
+ if (exit_status >= 0)
+ exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+void
+lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start (ap, message);
+ lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap);
+ va_end (ap);
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonnull (const char *s)
+{
+ return s ? s : "(null)";
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonempty (const char *s)
+{
+ return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s);
+}
+
+void
+lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
+ nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+ {
+#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
+ /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
+ char *str = xstrdup (value);
+ setenv (name, str, 1);
+#else
+ int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
+ char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
+ sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
+ if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ XFREE (str);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+char *
+lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
+{
+ char *new_value;
+ if (orig_value && *orig_value)
+ {
+ int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
+ int add_len = strlen (add);
+ new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
+ if (to_end)
+ {
+ strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
+ strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (new_value, add);
+ strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new_value = xstrdup (add);
+ }
+ return new_value;
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+ nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+ if (name && *name && value && *value)
+ {
+ char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+ /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
+ int len = strlen (new_value);
+ while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
+ {
+ new_value[len-1] = '\0';
+ }
+ lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+ XFREE (new_value);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+ nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+ if (name && *name && value && *value)
+ {
+ char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+ lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+ XFREE (new_value);
+ }
+}
+
+EOF
+ case $host_os in
+ mingw*)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+
+/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
+ Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
+ (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
+ ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
+ GetVersionEx(&v);
+ v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
+ }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
+ Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
+ CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess()
+ interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
+ special way:
+ - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
+ delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
+ - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
+ that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
+ characters.
+ - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
+ - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
+ n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
+ \" -> "
+ \\\" -> \"
+ \\\\\" -> \\"
+ */
+#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+char **
+prepare_spawn (char **argv)
+{
+ size_t argc;
+ char **new_argv;
+ size_t i;
+
+ /* Count number of arguments. */
+ for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Allocate new argument vector. */
+ new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
+
+ /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */
+ for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ const char *string = argv[i];
+
+ if (string[0] == '\0')
+ new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
+ else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
+ {
+ int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
+ size_t length;
+ unsigned int backslashes;
+ const char *s;
+ char *quoted_string;
+ char *p;
+
+ length = 0;
+ backslashes = 0;
+ if (quote_around)
+ length++;
+ for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+ {
+ char c = *s;
+ if (c == '"')
+ length += backslashes + 1;
+ length++;
+ if (c == '\\')
+ backslashes++;
+ else
+ backslashes = 0;
+ }
+ if (quote_around)
+ length += backslashes + 1;
+
+ quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1);
+
+ p = quoted_string;
+ backslashes = 0;
+ if (quote_around)
+ *p++ = '"';
+ for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+ {
+ char c = *s;
+ if (c == '"')
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
+ *p++ = '\\';
+ }
+ *p++ = c;
+ if (c == '\\')
+ backslashes++;
+ else
+ backslashes = 0;
+ }
+ if (quote_around)
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
+ *p++ = '\\';
+ *p++ = '"';
+ }
+ *p = '\0';
+
+ new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
+ }
+ else
+ new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
+ }
+ new_argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+ return new_argv;
+}
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+void lt_dump_script (FILE* f)
+{
+EOF
+ func_emit_wrapper yes |
+ $SED -n -e '
+s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\
+\2/
+h
+s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g
+s/$/\\n/
+s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p
+g
+D'
+ cat <<"EOF"
+}
+EOF
+}
+# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+
+# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG
+# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd
+func_win32_import_lib_p ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in
+ *import*) : ;;
+ *) false ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_mode_link arg...
+func_mode_link ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
# It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
# we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
# which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
- # flag for every libtool invokation.
+ # flag for every libtool invocation.
# allow_undefined=no
# FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
@@ -812,10 +5112,10 @@ EOF
allow_undefined=yes
;;
esac
- libtool_args="$nonopt"
- base_compile="$nonopt"
- compile_command="$nonopt"
- finalize_command="$nonopt"
+ libtool_args=$nonopt
+ base_compile="$nonopt $@"
+ compile_command=$nonopt
+ finalize_command=$nonopt
compile_rpath=
finalize_rpath=
@@ -829,8 +5129,11 @@ EOF
linker_flags=
dllsearchpath=
lib_search_path=`pwd`
+ inst_prefix_dir=
+ new_inherited_linker_flags=
avoid_version=no
+ bindir=
dlfiles=
dlprefiles=
dlself=no
@@ -844,6 +5147,7 @@ EOF
no_install=no
objs=
non_pic_objects=
+ precious_files_regex=
prefer_static_libs=no
preload=no
prev=
@@ -855,27 +5159,47 @@ EOF
temp_rpath=
thread_safe=no
vinfo=
+ vinfo_number=no
+ weak_libs=
+ single_module="${wl}-single_module"
+ func_infer_tag $base_compile
# We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
for arg
do
case $arg in
- -all-static | -static)
- if test "X$arg" = "X-all-static"; then
+ -shared)
+ test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
+ func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
+ build_old_libs=no
+ break
+ ;;
+ -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+ case $arg in
+ -all-static)
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" 1>&2
+ func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
fi
if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
- else
+ prefer_static_libs=yes
+ ;;
+ -static)
if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
- fi
+ prefer_static_libs=built
+ ;;
+ -static-libtool-libs)
+ if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+ dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+ fi
+ prefer_static_libs=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
- prefer_static_libs=yes
break
;;
esac
@@ -885,33 +5209,33 @@ EOF
test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
# Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
- while test $# -gt 0; do
+ while test "$#" -gt 0; do
arg="$1"
- base_compile="$base_compile $arg"
shift
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
- ;;
- *) qarg=$arg ;;
- esac
- libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg"
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
+ func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$prev"; then
case $prev in
output)
- compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@"
+ func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
+ func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
;;
esac
case $prev in
+ bindir)
+ bindir="$arg"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
dlfiles|dlprefiles)
if test "$preload" = no; then
# Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
- compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@"
+ func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
+ func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
preload=yes
fi
case $arg in
@@ -938,9 +5262,9 @@ EOF
;;
*)
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
+ func_append dlfiles " $arg"
else
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
+ func_append dlprefiles " $arg"
fi
prev=
continue
@@ -949,10 +5273,8 @@ EOF
;;
expsyms)
export_symbols="$arg"
- if test ! -f "$arg"; then
- $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
- exit 1
- fi
+ test -f "$arg" \
+ || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
prev=
continue
;;
@@ -961,115 +5283,127 @@ EOF
prev=
continue
;;
- release)
- release="-$arg"
+ framework)
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ case "$deplibs " in
+ *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
+ *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ inst_prefix)
+ inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
objectlist)
if test -f "$arg"; then
- save_arg=$arg
+ save_arg=$arg
moreargs=
- for fil in `cat $save_arg`
+ for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
do
-# moreargs="$moreargs $fil"
- arg=$fil
- # A libtool-controlled object.
+# func_append moreargs " $fil"
+ arg=$fil
+ # A libtool-controlled object.
# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
- if (sed -e '2q' $arg | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- pic_object=
- non_pic_object=
-
- # Read the .lo file
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $arg in
- */* | *\\*) . $arg ;;
- *) . ./$arg ;;
- esac
+ if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+ pic_object=
+ non_pic_object=
- if test -z "$pic_object" || \
- test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
- test "$pic_object" = none && \
- test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ # Read the .lo file
+ func_source "$arg"
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
- xdir=
- else
- xdir="$xdir/"
- fi
+ if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+ test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+ test "$pic_object" = none &&
+ test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
+ fi
- if test "$pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
- pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir="$func_dirname_result"
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- continue
- else
- # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
- prev=dlprefiles
- fi
- fi
+ if test "$pic_object" != none; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
- # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- # Preload the old-style object.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- fi
+ if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+ if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
+ func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ else
+ # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+ prev=dlprefiles
+ fi
+ fi
- # A PIC object.
- libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
- arg="$pic_object"
- fi
+ # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
+ if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+ # Preload the old-style object.
+ func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ fi
- # Non-PIC object.
- if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
- non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
+ # A PIC object.
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ arg="$pic_object"
+ fi
- # A standard non-PIC object
- non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
- if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
- arg="$non_pic_object"
- fi
- fi
- else
- # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
- if test -z "$run"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2
- exit 1
- else
- # Dry-run case.
+ # Non-PIC object.
+ if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
- xdir=
- else
- xdir="$xdir/"
- fi
+ # A standard non-PIC object
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
+ arg="$non_pic_object"
+ fi
+ else
+ # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+ # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+ non_pic_object="$pic_object"
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ fi
+ else
+ # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir="$func_dirname_result"
- pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
- non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
- fi
+ func_lo2o "$arg"
+ pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+ non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+ fi
fi
done
else
- $echo "$modename: link input file \`$save_arg' does not exist"
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist"
fi
- arg=$save_arg
+ arg=$save_arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ precious_regex)
+ precious_files_regex="$arg"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ release)
+ release="-$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
@@ -1078,37 +5412,54 @@ EOF
case $arg in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
;;
esac
if test "$prev" = rpath; then
case "$rpath " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
- *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
+ *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;;
esac
else
case "$xrpath " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;;
esac
fi
prev=
continue
;;
+ shrext)
+ shrext_cmds="$arg"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ weak)
+ func_append weak_libs " $arg"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ xcclinker)
+ func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+ prev=
+ func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
xcompiler)
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
prev=
- compile_command="$compile_command $qarg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg"
+ func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
continue
;;
xlinker)
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
+ func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg"
prev=
- compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg"
+ func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
continue
;;
*)
@@ -1117,23 +5468,23 @@ EOF
continue
;;
esac
- fi # test -n $prev
+ fi # test -n "$prev"
prevarg="$arg"
case $arg in
-all-static)
if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag"
+ # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
+ func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
+ func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
fi
continue
;;
-allow-undefined)
# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
- $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2
- continue
+ func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
;;
-avoid-version)
@@ -1141,6 +5492,11 @@ EOF
continue
;;
+ -bindir)
+ prev=bindir
+ continue
+ ;;
+
-dlopen)
prev=dlfiles
continue
@@ -1158,8 +5514,7 @@ EOF
-export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
fi
if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
prev=expsyms
@@ -1169,44 +5524,74 @@ EOF
continue
;;
+ -framework)
+ prev=framework
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -inst-prefix-dir)
+ prev=inst_prefix
+ continue
+ ;;
+
# The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
# so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
-L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
case $with_gcc/$host in
- no/*-*-irix*)
- compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+ no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
;;
esac
continue
;;
-L*)
- dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
+ func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg"
+ if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then
+ if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+ func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'"
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option"
+ fi
+ fi
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- if test -z "$absdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ test -z "$absdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
dir="$absdir"
;;
esac
case "$deplibs " in
- *" -L$dir "*) ;;
+ *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*)
+ # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments
+ ;;
*)
- deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
- lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
+ # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories
+ case $dir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;;
+ *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append lib_search_path " $dir"
;;
esac
case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$dir:"*) ;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";;
+ esac
+ case :$dllsearchpath: in
+ *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
esac
;;
esac
@@ -1216,17 +5601,41 @@ EOF
-l*)
if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*)
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
# These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
continue
;;
- *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*)
+ *-*-os2*)
# These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
;;
+ *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+ # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+ test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+ # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
+ func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+ # Causes problems with __ctype
+ test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+ # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+ test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+ ;;
esac
+ elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+ # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
fi
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+ func_append deplibs " $arg"
continue
;;
@@ -1235,6 +5644,34 @@ EOF
continue
;;
+ # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
+ # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
+ # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
+ -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot)
+ func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ prev=xcompiler
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+ func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $arg "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -multi_module)
+ single_module="${wl}-multi_module"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
-no-fast-install)
fast_install=no
continue
@@ -1242,11 +5679,11 @@ EOF
-no-install)
case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
# The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
- # in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2
+ # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
+ func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host"
+ func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead"
fast_install=no
;;
*) no_install=yes ;;
@@ -1266,6 +5703,11 @@ EOF
-o) prev=output ;;
+ -precious-files-regex)
+ prev=precious_regex
+ continue
+ ;;
+
-release)
prev=release
continue
@@ -1282,23 +5724,37 @@ EOF
;;
-R*)
- dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
+ func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
+ dir=$func_stripname_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+ =*)
+ func_stripname '=' '' "$dir"
+ dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
;;
esac
case "$xrpath " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
esac
continue
;;
- -static)
+ -shared)
+ # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -shrext)
+ prev=shrext
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -static | -static-libtool-libs)
# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
@@ -1317,41 +5773,48 @@ EOF
continue
;;
+ -version-number)
+ prev=vinfo
+ vinfo_number=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -weak)
+ prev=weak
+ continue
+ ;;
+
-Wc,*)
- args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'`
+ func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+ args=$func_stripname_result
arg=
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $args; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
- case $flag in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- flag="\"$flag\""
- ;;
- esac
- arg="$arg $wl$flag"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag"
+ func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
+ func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
+ func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+ arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
-Wl,*)
- args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'`
+ func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
+ args=$func_stripname_result
arg=
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $args; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
- case $flag in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- flag="\"$flag\""
- ;;
- esac
- arg="$arg $wl$flag"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
+ func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
+ func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
+ func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+ arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
-Xcompiler)
@@ -1364,136 +5827,156 @@ EOF
continue
;;
+ -XCClinker)
+ prev=xcclinker
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ # -msg_* for osf cc
+ -msg_*)
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ ;;
+
+ # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale:
+ # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler
+ # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler
+ # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler
+ # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler
+ # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler
+ # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC
+ # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
+ # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC
+ # @file GCC response files
+ # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection
+ # --sysroot=* for sysroot support
+ # -O*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization
+ -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
+ -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \
+ -O*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin)
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
# Some other compiler flag.
-* | +*)
- # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
- # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
;;
*.$objext)
# A standard object.
- objs="$objs $arg"
+ func_append objs " $arg"
;;
*.lo)
# A libtool-controlled object.
# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
- if (sed -e '2q' $arg | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- pic_object=
- non_pic_object=
+ if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+ pic_object=
+ non_pic_object=
- # Read the .lo file
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $arg in
- */* | *\\*) . $arg ;;
- *) . ./$arg ;;
- esac
+ # Read the .lo file
+ func_source "$arg"
- if test -z "$pic_object" || \
- test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
- test "$pic_object" = none && \
- test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+ test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+ test "$pic_object" = none &&
+ test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
+ fi
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
- xdir=
- else
- xdir="$xdir/"
- fi
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir="$func_dirname_result"
- if test "$pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ if test "$pic_object" != none; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- continue
+ func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ continue
else
- # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
- prev=dlprefiles
+ # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+ prev=dlprefiles
fi
fi
# CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+ if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
# Preload the old-style object.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
+ func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
prev=
- fi
+ fi
- # A PIC object.
- libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
+ # A PIC object.
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
arg="$pic_object"
- fi
+ fi
- # Non-PIC object.
- if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ # Non-PIC object.
+ if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
- # A standard non-PIC object
- non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
- if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
- arg="$non_pic_object"
- fi
- fi
- else
- # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
- if test -z "$run"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2
- exit 1
- else
- # Dry-run case.
-
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
- xdir=
- else
- xdir="$xdir/"
+ # A standard non-PIC object
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
+ arg="$non_pic_object"
fi
+ else
+ # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+ # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+ non_pic_object="$pic_object"
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ fi
+ else
+ # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir="$func_dirname_result"
- pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
- non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
- fi
+ func_lo2o "$arg"
+ pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+ non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+ fi
fi
;;
*.$libext)
# An archive.
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
+ func_append deplibs " $arg"
+ func_append old_deplibs " $arg"
continue
;;
*.la)
# A libtool-controlled library.
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$arg"
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
# This library was specified with -dlopen.
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
+ func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
prev=
elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
# The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
+ func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
prev=
else
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+ func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
fi
continue
;;
@@ -1502,113 +5985,53 @@ EOF
*)
# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
+ func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+ arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
;;
esac # arg
# Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
if test -n "$arg"; then
- compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
fi
done # argument parsing loop
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
- # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
- # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base link
- # command doesn't match the default compiler.
- if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
- case $base_compile in
- "$CC "*) ;;
- # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
- # but not from the CC environment variable when ltconfig was run.
- "`$echo $CC` "*) ;;
- *)
- for z in $available_tags; do
- if grep "^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$0" > /dev/null; then
- # Evaluate the configuration.
- eval "`sed -n -e '/^### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $0`"
- case $base_compile in
- "$CC "*)
- # The compiler in $compile_command matches
- # the one in the tagged configuration.
- # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
- tagname=$z
- break
- ;;
- "`$echo $CC` "*)
- tagname=$z
- break
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
- # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
- # line option must be used.
- if test -z "$tagname"; then
- echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration"
- echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2
- exit 1
-# else
-# echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
+ test -n "$prev" && \
+ func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument"
if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
- compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
fi
+ oldlibs=
# calculate the name of the file, without its directory
- outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+ func_basename "$output"
+ outputname="$func_basename_result"
libobjs_save="$libobjs"
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
# get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
- eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
+ eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\`
else
shlib_search_path=
fi
eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
- output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then
- output_objdir="$objdir"
- else
- output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir"
- fi
+ func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
+ output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir"
+ func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/"
+ tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result
# Create the object directory.
- if test ! -d $output_objdir; then
- $show "$mkdir $output_objdir"
- $run $mkdir $output_objdir
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $output_objdir; then
- exit $status
- fi
- fi
+ func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
# Determine the type of output
case $output in
"")
- $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
;;
*.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
*.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
@@ -1617,29 +6040,34 @@ EOF
esac
specialdeplibs=
+
libs=
# Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
# that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
for deplib in $deplibs; do
- case "$libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- libs="$libs $deplib"
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
+ case "$libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append libs " $deplib"
done
- if test $linkmode = lib; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
# Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
# $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
# not to be eliminated).
pre_post_deps=
- for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
- case "$pre_post_deps " in
- *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;;
- esac
- pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep"
- done
+ if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
+ for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
+ case "$pre_post_deps " in
+ *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep"
+ done
+ fi
pre_post_deps=
fi
@@ -1649,15 +6077,15 @@ EOF
need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
+
case $linkmode in
lib)
- passes="conv link"
+ passes="conv dlpreopen link"
for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
case $file in
*.la) ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
;;
esac
done
@@ -1673,40 +6101,106 @@ EOF
*) passes="conv"
;;
esac
+
for pass in $passes; do
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- # Determine which files to process
+ # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
+ # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then
+ ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
+ ## order, and fix it there properly
+ tmp_deplibs=
+ for deplib in $deplibs; do
+ tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
+ done
+ deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
+ fi
+
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
+ test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
+ libs="$deplibs"
+ deplibs=
+ fi
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
case $pass in
- dlopen)
- libs="$dlfiles"
- save_deplibs="$deplibs" # Collect dlpreopened libraries
- deplibs=
- ;;
+ dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
esac
fi
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then
+ # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
+ for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+ # Ignore non-libtool-libs
+ dependency_libs=
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$lib"
+ case $lib in
+ *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
+ # has declared as weak libs
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ func_basename "$deplib"
+ deplib_base=$func_basename_result
+ case " $weak_libs " in
+ *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
+ *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ done
+ libs="$dlprefiles"
+ fi
+ if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
+ # Collect dlpreopened libraries
+ save_deplibs="$deplibs"
+ deplibs=
+ fi
+
for deplib in $libs; do
lib=
found=no
case $deplib in
+ -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ func_append compiler_flags " $deplib"
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
-l*)
- if test $linkmode = oldlib && test $linkmode = obj; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects: $deplib" 1>&2
+ if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
+ func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
continue
fi
- if test $pass = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
+ func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+ searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+ else
+ searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
fi
- name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'`
- for searchdir in $newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- # Search the libtool library
- lib="$searchdir/lib${name}.la"
- if test -f "$lib"; then
- found=yes
- break
- fi
+ for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
+ for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
+ # Search the libtool library
+ lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
+ if test -f "$lib"; then
+ if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
+ found=yes
+ else
+ found=no
+ fi
+ break 2
+ fi
+ done
done
if test "$found" != yes; then
# deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
@@ -1715,74 +6209,153 @@ EOF
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test $linkmode = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
continue
+ else # deplib is a libtool library
+ # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
+ # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
+ if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $deplib "*)
+ if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
+ library_names=
+ old_library=
+ func_source "$lib"
+ for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+ ll="$l"
+ done
+ if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
+ found=no
+ func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+ ladir="$func_dirname_result"
+ lib=$ladir/$old_library
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ fi
+ continue
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *) ;;
+ esac
+ fi
fi
;; # -l
+ *.ltframework)
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
-L*)
case $linkmode in
lib)
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test $pass = conv && continue
+ test "$pass" = conv && continue
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
+ func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
prog)
- if test $pass = conv; then
+ if test "$pass" = conv; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
fi
- if test $pass = scan; then
+ if test "$pass" = scan; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
else
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
fi
+ func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects: $deplib" 1>&2
+ func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
;;
esac # linkmode
continue
;; # -L
-R*)
- if test $pass = link; then
- dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
+ if test "$pass" = link; then
+ func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
case "$xrpath " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
esac
fi
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
;;
- *.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+ lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+ ;;
*.$libext)
- if test $pass = conv; then
+ if test "$pass" = conv; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
fi
case $linkmode in
lib)
- if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $deplib."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
- else
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
- echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- fi
+ # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
+ # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
+ case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *)
+ valid_a_lib=no
+ case $deplibs_check_method in
+ match_pattern*)
+ set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+ match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+ if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \
+ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+ valid_a_lib=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ pass_all)
+ valid_a_lib=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
+ echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
+ else
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
+ $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
continue
;;
prog)
- if test $pass != link; then
+ if test "$pass" != link; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
@@ -1793,14 +6366,18 @@ EOF
esac # linkmode
;; # *.$libext
*.lo | *.$objext)
- if test $pass = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
- # we need to preload.
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
+ if test "$pass" = conv; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+ if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+ # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
+ # we need to preload.
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib"
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ func_append newdlfiles " $deplib"
+ fi
fi
continue
;;
@@ -1809,21 +6386,18 @@ EOF
continue
;;
esac # case $deplib
- if test $found = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
+
+ if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
else
- $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'"
fi
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- if (sed -e '2q' $lib | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
+ || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
- ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="."
+ func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+ ladir="$func_dirname_result"
dlname=
dlopen=
@@ -1831,72 +6405,92 @@ EOF
libdir=
library_names=
old_library=
+ inherited_linker_flags=
# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
- # it will not redefine variable installed.
+ # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
installed=yes
+ shouldnotlink=no
+ avoidtemprpath=
+
# Read the .la file
- case $lib in
- */* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
- *) . ./$lib ;;
- esac
+ func_source "$lib"
+ # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
+ if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
+ tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
+ for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
+ case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
+ *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
- { test $linkmode = oldlib && test $linkmode = obj; }; then
- # Add dl[pre]opened files of deplib
- test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
- test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
+ { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
+ test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen"
+ test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen"
fi
- if test $pass = conv; then
+ if test "$pass" = conv; then
# Only check for convenience libraries
deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
if test -z "$libdir"; then
if test -z "$old_library"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
fi
# It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
- convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
- old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+ func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+ elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
+ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library"
+ fi
+ tmp_libs=
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+ *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done
- elif test $linkmode != prog && test $linkmode != lib; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ fi
+ func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+ done
continue
fi # $pass = conv
+
# Get the name of the library we link against.
linklib=
- for l in $old_library $library_names; do
- linklib="$l"
- done
+ if test -n "$old_library" &&
+ { test "$prefer_static_libs" = yes ||
+ test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,no"; }; then
+ linklib=$old_library
+ else
+ for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+ linklib="$l"
+ done
+ fi
if test -z "$linklib"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
fi
# This library was specified with -dlopen.
- if test $pass = dlopen; then
+ if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
fi
- if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+ if test -z "$dlname" ||
+ test "$dlopen_support" != yes ||
+ test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
# If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
- # statically, we need to preload.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib"
+ # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any
+ # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
+ # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
+ func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs"
else
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
+ func_append newdlfiles " $lib"
fi
continue
fi # $pass = dlopen
@@ -1907,66 +6501,106 @@ EOF
*)
abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2
+ func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'"
+ func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
abs_ladir="$ladir"
fi
;;
esac
- laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+ func_basename "$lib"
+ laname="$func_basename_result"
# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
- if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2
+ if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+ func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved."
dir="$ladir"
absdir="$abs_ladir"
libdir="$abs_ladir"
else
- dir="$libdir"
- absdir="$libdir"
+ dir="$lt_sysroot$libdir"
+ absdir="$lt_sysroot$libdir"
fi
+ test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes
else
- dir="$ladir/$objdir"
- absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
- # Remove this search path later
- notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
+ if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+ dir="$ladir"
+ absdir="$abs_ladir"
+ # Remove this search path later
+ func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+ else
+ dir="$ladir/$objdir"
+ absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
+ # Remove this search path later
+ func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+ fi
fi # $installed = yes
- name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'`
+ func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
- if test $pass = dlpreopen; then
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
- # are required to link).
- if test -n "$old_library"; then
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
- # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
- elif test -n "$dlname"; then
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
- else
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
+ if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
+ if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+ func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
fi
+ case "$host" in
+ # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs.
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both
+ # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract
+ # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present
+ # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do
+ # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles.
+ # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file
+ # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the
+ # dlname from the la file.
+ if test -n "$dlname"; then
+ func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib"
+ eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname"
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+ else
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+ # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+ # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ * )
+ # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
+ # are required to link).
+ if test -n "$old_library"; then
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+ # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+ # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+ # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
+ elif test -n "$dlname"; then
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname"
+ else
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
fi # $pass = dlpreopen
if test -z "$libdir"; then
# Link the convenience library
- if test $linkmode = lib; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
else
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+ deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
fi
continue
fi
- if test $linkmode = prog && test $pass != link; then
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
+
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir"
deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
linkalldeplibs=no
@@ -1978,31 +6612,43 @@ EOF
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
case $deplib in
- -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+ -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
esac
# Need to link against all dependency_libs?
- if test $linkalldeplibs = yes; then
+ if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
# Need to hardcode shared library paths
# or/and link against static libraries
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
+ case "$tmp_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
done # for deplib
continue
fi # $linkmode = prog...
- link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
- if test -n "$library_names" &&
- { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
- # Link against this shared library
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+ if test -n "$library_names" &&
+ { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no ||
+ test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } ||
+ test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+ # We need to hardcode the library path
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then
+ # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
+ case "$temp_rpath:" in
+ *"$absdir:"*) ;;
+ *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link" ||
- { test $linkmode = lib && test $hardcode_into_libs = yes; }; then
# Hardcode the library path.
# Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
# search path.
@@ -2011,7 +6657,7 @@ EOF
*)
case "$compile_rpath " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
- *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
+ *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
@@ -2020,21 +6666,10 @@ EOF
*)
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- # We need to hardcode the library path
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
- case "$temp_rpath " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $dir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
@@ -2044,26 +6679,89 @@ EOF
# We only need to search for static libraries
continue
fi
+ fi
- if test "$installed" = no; then
- notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
- need_relink=yes
+ link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
+ use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
+ if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then
+ use_static_libs=no
+ fi
+ if test -n "$library_names" &&
+ { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*)
+ # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
+ func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+ need_relink=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test "$installed" = no; then
+ func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+ need_relink=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # This is a shared library
+
+ # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
+ # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
+ dlopenmodule=""
+ for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
+ if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
+ dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest"
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then
+ echo
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
+ else
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
+ fi
+ $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
+ fi
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
+ test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
+ # Hardcode the library path.
+ # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+ # search path.
+ case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+ *" $absdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$compile_rpath " in
+ *" $absdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$finalize_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
fi
if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
# figure out the soname
set dummy $library_names
- realname="$2"
- shift; shift
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
+ shift
+ realname="$1"
+ shift
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
# use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
if test -n "$dlname"; then
soname="$dlname"
elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
# bleh windows
case $host in
- *cygwin*)
- major=`expr $current - $age`
+ *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*)
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=$func_arith_result
versuffix="-$major"
;;
esac
@@ -2074,41 +6772,29 @@ EOF
# Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
soroot="$soname"
- soname=`echo $soroot | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`
- newlib="libimp-`echo $soname | sed 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a"
+ func_basename "$soroot"
+ soname="$func_basename_result"
+ func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
+ newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
# If the library has no export list, then create one now
if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
else
- $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- eval cmds=\"$extract_expsyms_cmds\"
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
+ func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Create $newlib
if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
- $show "generating import library for \`$soname'"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds\"
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'"
+ func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
dir=$output_objdir
linklib=$newlib
- fi # test -n $old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
+ fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
- if test $linkmode = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" != relink; then
add_shlibpath=
add_dir=
add=
@@ -2117,6 +6803,30 @@ EOF
immediate | unsupported)
if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
add="$dir/$linklib"
+ case $host in
+ *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+ *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+ *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
+ *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+ *-*-darwin* )
+ # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not
+ # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
+ if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
+ $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then
+ if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
+ if test -z "$old_library" ; then
+ echo
+ echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
+ echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
+ else
+ add="$dir/$old_library"
+ fi
+ elif test -n "$old_library"; then
+ add="$dir/$old_library"
+ fi
+ fi
+ esac
elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
case $host in
*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
@@ -2131,10 +6841,19 @@ EOF
fi
;;
relink)
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
+ test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
add="$dir/$linklib"
elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
- add_dir="-L$dir"
+ add_dir="-L$absdir"
+ # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+ case $libdir in
+ [\\/]*)
+ func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
add="-l$name"
elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
add_shlibpath="$dir"
@@ -2147,39 +6866,39 @@ EOF
esac
if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
- $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties"
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
fi
if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
case :$compile_shlibpath: in
*":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
- *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
+ *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;;
esac
fi
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
else
test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
- if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \
- test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes &&
+ test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes &&
test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
esac
fi
fi
fi
- if test $linkmode = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
add_shlibpath=
add_dir=
add=
# Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
+ test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
add="$libdir/$linklib"
elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
add_dir="-L$libdir"
@@ -2187,16 +6906,31 @@ EOF
elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
esac
add="-l$name"
+ elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
+ test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
+ add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
+ else
+ add="$libdir/$linklib"
+ fi
else
# We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
add_dir="-L$libdir"
+ # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+ case $libdir in
+ [\\/]*)
+ func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
add="-l$name"
fi
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
else
@@ -2204,16 +6938,7 @@ EOF
test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
fi
fi
- elif test $linkmode = prog; then
- if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
- { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
- { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
- test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
- # We only need to search for static libraries
- continue
- fi
-
- # Try to link the static library
+ elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
# Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
# is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and
# shared platforms.
@@ -2234,101 +6959,133 @@ EOF
# Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
# that the program can be linked against the static library.
echo
- echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $lib."
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
if test "$module" = yes; then
- echo "*** Therefore, libtool will create a static module, that should work "
- echo "*** as long as the dlopening application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
+ echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
+ echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
+ echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- echo
- echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
- echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
- echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
- echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+ echo
+ echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+ echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+ echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
+ echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
fi
if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
+ build_libtool_libs=module
+ build_old_libs=yes
else
- build_libtool_libs=no
+ build_libtool_libs=no
fi
fi
else
- convenience="$convenience $dir/$old_library"
- old_convenience="$old_convenience $dir/$old_library"
deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
link_static=yes
fi
fi # link shared/static library?
- if test $linkmode = lib; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
- { test $hardcode_into_libs != yes || test $build_old_libs = yes ||
- test $link_static = yes; }; then
+ { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes ||
+ test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
+ test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
# Extract -R from dependency_libs
temp_deplibs=
for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
case $libdir in
- -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
+ -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
+ temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
case " $xrpath " in
*" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";;
esac;;
- *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
+ *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";;
esac
done
dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
fi
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir"
# Link against this library
test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
# ... and its dependency_libs
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";;
+ *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
+ case "$tmp_libs " in
+ *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*)
+ func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
done
- if test $link_all_deplibs != no; then
+ if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
# Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ path=
case $deplib in
-L*) path="$deplib" ;;
*.la)
- dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="."
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+ deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+ func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
+ dir=$func_dirname_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
*)
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
if test -z "$absdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2
+ func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
absdir="$dir"
fi
;;
esac
- if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+ if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ depdepl=
+ eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+ if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
+ for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
+ depdepl=$tmp
+ done
+ if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then
+ depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"
+ darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+ if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
+ darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+ fi
+ func_append compiler_flags " ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
+ func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
+ path=
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
else
- eval libdir=`sed -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2
- fi
+ eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
+ func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved"
+
path="-L$absdir"
fi
;;
- *) continue ;;
esac
case " $deplibs " in
*" $path "*) ;;
@@ -2338,21 +7095,29 @@ EOF
fi # link_all_deplibs != no
fi # linkmode = lib
done # for deplib in $libs
- if test $pass = dlpreopen; then
+ if test "$pass" = link; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ fi
+ fi
+ dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
+ if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
done
fi
- if test $pass != dlopen; then
- test $pass != scan && dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
- if test $pass != conv; then
+ if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
+ if test "$pass" != conv; then
# Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
lib_search_path=
for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
case "$lib_search_path " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
- *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
+ *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;;
esac
done
newlib_search_path=
@@ -2368,9 +7133,30 @@ EOF
eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
new_libs=
for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
+ # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
+ # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
+ # broken:
+ #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
+ # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
+ # practice:
case $deplib in
-L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+ -R*) ;;
*)
+ # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
+ # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
+ # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
+ # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
+ # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this
+ # with having the same library being listed as a
+ # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
+ # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
+ # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
+ # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare
+ # enough that we require users that really mean to play
+ # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
+ # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
+ # for duplicate removal.
case " $specialdeplibs " in
*" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
*)
@@ -2389,171 +7175,217 @@ EOF
-L*)
case " $tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
+ *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
- *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
+ *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
done # for var
fi
- if test "$pass" = "conv" &&
- { test "$linkmode" = "lib" || test "$linkmode" = "prog"; }; then
- libs="$deplibs" # reset libs
- deplibs=
- fi
+ # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
+ # (they stay in deplibs)
+ tmp_libs=
+ for i in $dependency_libs ; do
+ case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
+ *" $i "*)
+ i=""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test -n "$i" ; then
+ func_append tmp_libs " $i"
+ fi
+ done
+ dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
done # for pass
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+ fi
+ if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then
dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
fi
case $linkmode in
oldlib)
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+ func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
fi
- if test -n "$rpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
+ case " $deplibs" in
+ *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+ func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
+ esac
- if test -n "$xrpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$rpath" && \
+ func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives"
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$xrpath" && \
+ func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives"
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
- if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives"
+
+ test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
+ func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
# Now set the variables for building old libraries.
build_libtool_libs=no
oldlibs="$output"
- objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
+ func_append objs "$old_deplibs"
;;
lib)
# Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
case $outputname in
lib*)
- name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'`
+ func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
;;
*)
- if test "$module" = no; then
- $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ test "$module" = no && \
+ func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'"
+
if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
# Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
- name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'`
+ func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
else
- libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'`
+ func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+ libname=$func_stripname_result
fi
;;
esac
if test -n "$objs"; then
if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
else
echo
- echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
- echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
- libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
+ $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
+ func_append libobjs " $objs"
fi
fi
- if test "$dlself" != no; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2
- fi
+ test "$dlself" != no && \
+ func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
set dummy $rpath
- if test $# -gt 2; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2
- fi
- install_libdir="$2"
+ shift
+ test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+ func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library"
+
+ install_libdir="$1"
oldlibs=
if test -z "$rpath"; then
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
# Building a libtool convenience library.
# Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
- # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
- # archive normally would.
+ # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
+ # archive normally would.
oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
build_libtool_libs=convenience
build_old_libs=yes
fi
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
else
# Parse the version information argument.
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
+ shift
IFS="$save_ifs"
- if test -n "$8"; then
- $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ test -n "$7" && \
+ func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'"
- current="$2"
- revision="$3"
- age="$4"
+ # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
+ # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
+ # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
+
+ case $vinfo_number in
+ yes)
+ number_major="$1"
+ number_minor="$2"
+ number_revision="$3"
+ #
+ # There are really only two kinds -- those that
+ # use the current revision as the major version
+ # and those that subtract age and use age as
+ # a minor version. But, then there is irix
+ # which has an extra 1 added just for fun
+ #
+ case $version_type in
+ # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+ darwin|linux|osf|windows|none)
+ func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+ current=$func_arith_result
+ age="$number_minor"
+ revision="$number_revision"
+ ;;
+ freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|qnx|sunos)
+ current="$number_major"
+ revision="$number_minor"
+ age="0"
+ ;;
+ irix|nonstopux)
+ func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+ current=$func_arith_result
+ age="$number_minor"
+ revision="$number_minor"
+ lt_irix_increment=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ no)
+ current="$1"
+ revision="$2"
+ age="$3"
+ ;;
+ esac
# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
case $current in
- 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+ 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
+ func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
case $revision in
- 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+ 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
+ func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
case $age in
- 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+ 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
+ func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
- if test $age -gt $current; then
- $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
+ if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
+ func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'"
+ func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
fi
# Calculate the version variables.
@@ -2566,10 +7398,13 @@ EOF
darwin)
# Like Linux, but with the current version available in
# verstring for coding it into the library header
- major=.`expr $current - $age`
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
# Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
- minor_current=`expr $current + 1`
+ func_arith $current + 1
+ minor_current=$func_arith_result
+ xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision"
verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
;;
@@ -2580,19 +7415,31 @@ EOF
freebsd-elf)
major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current";
+ versuffix=".$current"
;;
- irix)
- major=`expr $current - $age + 1`
- verstring="sgi$major.$revision"
+ irix | nonstopux)
+ if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ else
+ func_arith $current - $age + 1
+ fi
+ major=$func_arith_result
+
+ case $version_type in
+ nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
+ *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
+ esac
+ verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
# Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
loop=$revision
- while test $loop != 0; do
- iface=`expr $revision - $loop`
- loop=`expr $loop - 1`
- verstring="sgi$major.$iface:$verstring"
+ while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
+ func_arith $revision - $loop
+ iface=$func_arith_result
+ func_arith $loop - 1
+ loop=$func_arith_result
+ verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
done
# Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
@@ -2600,26 +7447,35 @@ EOF
versuffix="$major.$revision"
;;
- linux)
- major=.`expr $current - $age`
+ linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
;;
osf)
- major=`expr $current - $age`
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
# Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
loop=$age
- while test $loop != 0; do
- iface=`expr $current - $loop`
- loop=`expr $loop - 1`
+ while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
+ func_arith $current - $loop
+ iface=$func_arith_result
+ func_arith $loop - 1
+ loop=$func_arith_result
verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
done
# Make executables depend on our current version.
- verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
+ func_append verstring ":${current}.0"
+ ;;
+
+ qnx)
+ major=".$current"
+ versuffix=".$current"
;;
sunos)
@@ -2630,21 +7486,29 @@ EOF
windows)
# Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
# extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
- major=`expr $current - $age`
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=$func_arith_result
versuffix="-$major"
;;
*)
- $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2
- echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1
+ func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'"
;;
esac
# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
major=
- verstring="0.0"
+ case $version_type in
+ darwin)
+ # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
+ # problems, so we reset it completely
+ verstring=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ verstring="0.0"
+ ;;
+ esac
if test "$need_version" = no; then
versuffix=
else
@@ -2662,7 +7526,7 @@ EOF
# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2
+ func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries"
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
fi
@@ -2670,55 +7534,65 @@ EOF
# Don't allow undefined symbols.
allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
fi
+
fi
- if test "$mode" != relink; then
+ func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes"
+ func_append libobjs " $symfileobj"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+ if test "$opt_mode" != relink; then
# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
- # may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
- removelist=
- tempremovelist=`echo "$output_objdir/*"`
+ # may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
+ removelist=
+ tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
for p in $tempremovelist; do
- case $p in
- *.$objext)
- ;;
- $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
- removelist="$removelist $p"
- ;;
- *) ;;
- esac
- done
- if test -n "$removelist"; then
- $show "${rm}r $removelist"
- $run ${rm}r $removelist
- fi
+ case $p in
+ *.$objext | *.gcno)
+ ;;
+ $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
+ if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then
+ if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ continue
+ fi
+ fi
+ func_append removelist " $p"
+ ;;
+ *) ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ test -n "$removelist" && \
+ func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
fi
# Now set the variables for building old libraries.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
- oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+ func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
# Transform .lo files to .o files.
- oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`
fi
# Eliminate all temporary directories.
- for path in $notinst_path; do
- lib_search_path=`echo "$lib_search_path " | sed -e 's% $path % %g'`
- deplibs=`echo "$deplibs " | sed -e 's% -L$path % %g'`
- dependency_libs=`echo "$dependency_libs " | sed -e 's% -L$path % %g'`
- done
+ #for path in $notinst_path; do
+ # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"`
+ # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+ # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+ #done
if test -n "$xrpath"; then
# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
temp_xrpath=
for libdir in $xrpath; do
- temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
+ func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+ func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
done
- if test $hardcode_into_libs != yes || test $build_old_libs = yes; then
+ if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
fi
fi
@@ -2729,7 +7603,7 @@ EOF
for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
*" $lib "*) ;;
- *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
+ *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
@@ -2739,27 +7613,36 @@ EOF
for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
case "$dlprefiles " in
*" $lib "*) ;;
- *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
+ *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
if test -n "$rpath"; then
case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*)
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
# these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
;;
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
- deplibs="$deplibs -framework System"
+ func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
;;
*-*-netbsd*)
# Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
;;
+ *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+ # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+ ;;
+ *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+ # Causes problems with __ctype
+ ;;
+ *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+ # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+ ;;
*)
# Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
- if test $build_libtool_need_lc = "yes"; then
- deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
+ if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
+ func_append deplibs " -lc"
fi
;;
esac
@@ -2785,7 +7668,7 @@ EOF
# This might be a little naive. We might want to check
# whether the library exists or not. But this is on
# osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
- # implementing what was already the behaviour.
+ # implementing what was already the behavior.
newdeplibs=$deplibs
;;
test_compile)
@@ -2793,90 +7676,139 @@ EOF
# limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it
# against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check
# whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
- $rm conftest.c
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
cat > conftest.c <<EOF
int main() { return 0; }
EOF
- $rm conftest
- $LTCC -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs
- if test $? -eq 0 ; then
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+ if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then
ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
for i in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"`
- set dummy $deplib_matches
- deplib_match=$2
- if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $i."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+ case $i in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $i "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ i=""
+ ;;
+ esac
fi
- else
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- fi
- done
- else
- # Error occured in the first compile. Let's try to salvage the situation:
- # Compile a seperate program for each library.
- for i in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- $rm conftest
- $LTCC -o conftest conftest.c $i
- # Did it work?
- if test $? -eq 0 ; then
- ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"`
- set dummy $deplib_matches
- deplib_match=$2
+ if test -n "$i" ; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+ set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+ deplib_match=$1
if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
else
droppeddeps=yes
echo
- echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $i."
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
+ echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
+ echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ else
+ # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage
+ # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
+ for i in $deplibs; do
+ case $i in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+ if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then
+ ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+ if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $i "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ i=""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$i" ; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+ set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+ deplib_match=$1
+ if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ else
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
+ echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
+ fi
fi
else
droppeddeps=yes
echo
- echo "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
- echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some"
+ $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
+ echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some"
echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better."
fi
- else
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ ;;
+ esac
done
fi
;;
file_magic*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method
- file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"`
+ set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+ file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
- for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+ case $a_deplib in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $a_deplib "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then
+ libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob`
+ else
+ libnameglob=$libname
+ fi
+ test "$want_nocaseglob" = yes && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob`
+ for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+ if test "$want_nocaseglob" = yes; then
+ shopt -s nocaseglob
+ potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+ $nocaseglob
+ else
+ potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+ fi
+ for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
# Follow soft links.
- if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \
- | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then
+ if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
+ $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
continue
fi
# The statement above tries to avoid entering an
@@ -2886,81 +7818,110 @@ EOF
# but so what?
potlib="$potent_lib"
while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
- potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | sed 's/.* -> //'`
+ potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
case $potliblink in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
- *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
+ *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
esac
done
- # It is ok to link against an archive when
- # building a shared library.
- if $AR -t $potlib > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- break 2
- fi
- if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \
- | sed 10q \
- | egrep "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+ if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
+ $SED -e 10q |
+ $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=""
break 2
fi
- done
- done
+ done
+ done
+ fi
if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
droppeddeps=yes
echo
- echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $a_deplib."
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+ if test -z "$potlib" ; then
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
+ else
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+ $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
+ fi
fi
- else
+ ;;
+ *)
# Add a -L argument.
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- fi
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ ;;
+ esac
done # Gone through all deplibs.
;;
match_pattern*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method
- match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"`
+ set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+ match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
- for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
- if eval echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \
- | sed 10q \
- | egrep "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- break 2
- fi
+ case $a_deplib in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $a_deplib "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+ potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+ for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+ potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
+ if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \
+ $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=""
+ break 2
+ fi
+ done
done
- done
+ fi
if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
droppeddeps=yes
echo
- echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $a_deplib."
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+ if test -z "$potlib" ; then
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
+ else
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+ $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
+ fi
fi
- else
+ ;;
+ *)
# Add a -L argument.
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- fi
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ ;;
+ esac
done # Gone through all deplibs.
;;
none | unknown | *)
newdeplibs=""
- if $echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \
- -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g' -e 's/[ ]//g' |
- grep . >/dev/null; then
+ tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
+ if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+ for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
+ # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
+ tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s,$i,,"`
+ done
+ fi
+ case $tmp_deplibs in
+ *[!\ \ ]*)
echo
if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
@@ -2969,7 +7930,8 @@ EOF
fi
echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
droppeddeps=yes
- fi
+ ;;
+ esac
;;
esac
versuffix=$versuffix_save
@@ -2980,8 +7942,8 @@ EOF
case $host in
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
- newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
+ # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
+ newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
;;
esac
@@ -2989,7 +7951,7 @@ EOF
if test "$module" = yes; then
echo
echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
- echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
+ $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
@@ -3011,7 +7973,7 @@ EOF
echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
- if test $allow_undefined = no; then
+ if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
echo
echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
@@ -3030,6 +7992,41 @@ EOF
# Done checking deplibs!
deplibs=$newdeplibs
fi
+ # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+ # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+ new_libs=
+ for path in $notinst_path; do
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case " $deplibs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+ func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ for deplib in $deplibs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*)
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ deplibs="$new_libs"
# All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
library_names=
@@ -3038,15 +8035,22 @@ EOF
# Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- if test $hardcode_into_libs = yes; then
+ # Remove ${wl} instances when linking with ld.
+ # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable.
+ case $archive_cmds in
+ *\$LD\ *) wl= ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
# Hardcode the library paths
hardcode_libdirs=
dep_rpath=
rpath="$finalize_rpath"
- test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
+ test "$opt_mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
for libdir in $rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+ libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
else
@@ -3055,18 +8059,18 @@ EOF
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+ func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
+ func_append dep_rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+ *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
done
@@ -3074,13 +8078,13 @@ EOF
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
fi
if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+ func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
fi
@@ -3088,140 +8092,222 @@ EOF
fi
shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
- test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
+ test "$opt_mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
fi
# Get the real and link names of the library.
+ eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
set dummy $library_names
- realname="$2"
- shift; shift
+ shift
+ realname="$1"
+ shift
if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
else
soname="$realname"
fi
- test -z "$dlname" && dlname=$soname
+ if test -z "$dlname"; then
+ dlname=$soname
+ fi
lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
+ linknames=
for link
do
- linknames="$linknames $link"
+ func_append linknames " $link"
done
-# # Ensure that we have .o objects for linkers which dislike .lo
-# # (e.g. aix) in case we are running --disable-static
-# for obj in $libobjs; do
-# xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
-# if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then
-# xdir="."
-# else
-# xdir="$xdir"
-# fi
-# baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-# oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-# if test ! -f $xdir/$oldobj && test "$baseobj" != "$oldobj"; then
-# $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)"
-# $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)' || exit $?
-# fi
-# done
-
# Use standard objects if they are pic
- test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+ delfiles=
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+ export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+ func_append delfiles " $export_symbols"
+ fi
+
+ orig_export_symbols=
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+ # exporting using user supplied symfile
+ if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then
+ # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
+ # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
+ # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
+ # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
+ # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
+ # include_expsyms logic still works.
+ orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
+ export_symbols=
+ always_export_symbols=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
# Prepare the list of exported symbols
if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
+ func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
- $run $rm $export_symbols
- eval cmds=\"$export_symbols_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+ cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+ for cmd1 in $cmds; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+ # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch
+ # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed.
+ case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in
+ *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*)
+ try_normal_branch=yes
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+ func_len " $cmd"
+ len=$func_len_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ try_normal_branch=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$try_normal_branch" = yes \
+ && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \
+ || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; }
+ then
+ func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+ skipped_export=false
+ elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then
+ func_basename "$output"
+ output_la=$func_basename_result
+ save_libobjs=$libobjs
+ save_output=$output
+ output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.nm
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+ func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output"
+ for obj in $save_libobjs; do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+ done > "$output"
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+ func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+ output=$save_output
+ libobjs=$save_libobjs
+ skipped_export=false
+ else
+ # The command line is too long to execute in one step.
+ func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
+ skipped_export=:
+ # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
+ # set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
+ break
+ fi
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $show "egrep -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\""
- $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
- $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\""
- $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+ if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then
+ func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+ func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
- $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"'
+ tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
+ test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+ fi
+
+ if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+ # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+ func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+ # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+ # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+ # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+ # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+ # isn't a blessed tool.
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+ func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
fi
+ tmp_deplibs=
+ for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
+ case " $convenience " in
+ *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
+ *)
+ func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
+
if test -n "$convenience"; then
+ if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
+ test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes &&
+ test -z "$libobjs"; then
+ # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
+ # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
+ whole_archive_flag_spec=
+ fi
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
save_libobjs=$libobjs
eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
else
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
- $show "$mkdir $gentop"
- $run $mkdir "$gentop"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- for xlib in $convenience; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
- *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
- esac
- xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
-
- $show "${rm}r $xdir"
- $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
- $show "$mkdir $xdir"
- $run $mkdir "$xdir"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
- $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
- libobjs="$libobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
- done
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+ func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
fi
if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
+ func_append linker_flags " $flag"
fi
# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
+ if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
fi
# Do each of the archive commands.
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
- eval cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+ if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+ eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
+ cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
+ cmds=$module_cmds
+ fi
else
- eval cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+ eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+ cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+ cmds=$archive_cmds
+ fi
fi
- if len=`expr "X$cmds" : ".*"` &&
- test $len -le $max_cmd_len; then
- :
- else
- # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise.
- $echo "creating reloadable object files..."
+
+ if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" &&
+ func_len " $test_cmds" &&
+ len=$func_len_result &&
+ test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+ :
+ else
+ # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
+ # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
+ # script.
# Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
# use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
@@ -3234,109 +8320,255 @@ EOF
if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
save_libobjs=$libobjs
fi
- save_output=$output
+ save_output=$output
+ func_basename "$output"
+ output_la=$func_basename_result
# Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
# initialize k to one.
- test_cmds=
- concat_cmds=
- objlist=
- delfiles=
- last_robj=
- k=1
- output=$output_objdir/$save_output-${k}.$objext
- # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
- for obj in $save_libobjs
- do
- eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
- if test "X$objlist" = X ||
- { len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*"` &&
- test $len -le $max_cmd_len; }; then
- objlist="$objlist $obj"
- else
- # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
- # command to the queue.
- if test $k -eq 1 ; then
- # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
- eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
- else
- # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
- # the last one created.
- eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
- fi
- last_robj=$output_objdir/$save_output-${k}.$objext
- k=`expr $k + 1`
- output=$output_objdir/$save_output-${k}.$objext
- objlist=$obj
- len=1
- fi
- done
- # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
- # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object
- # files will link in the last one created.
- test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
- eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+ test_cmds=
+ concat_cmds=
+ objlist=
+ last_robj=
+ k=1
- # Set up a command to remove the reloadale object files
- # after they are used.
- i=0
- while test $i -lt $k
- do
- i=`expr $i + 1`
- delfiles="$delfiles $output_objdir/$save_output-${i}.$objext"
- done
+ if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript
+ func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
+ echo 'INPUT (' > $output
+ for obj in $save_libobjs
+ do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+ done
+ echo ')' >> $output
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ output=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then
+ output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk
+ func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
+ : > $output
+ set x $save_libobjs
+ shift
+ firstobj=
+ if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then
+ firstobj="$1 "
+ shift
+ fi
+ for obj
+ do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+ done
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\"
+ else
+ if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
+ func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
+ eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+ func_len " $test_cmds"
+ len0=$func_len_result
+ len=$len0
- $echo "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+ # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
+ for obj in $save_libobjs
+ do
+ func_len " $obj"
+ func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+ len=$func_arith_result
+ if test "X$objlist" = X ||
+ test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+ func_append objlist " $obj"
+ else
+ # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
+ # command to the queue.
+ if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
+ # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
+ reload_objs=$objlist
+ eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+ else
+ # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
+ # the last one created.
+ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+ fi
+ last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
+ func_arith $k + 1
+ k=$func_arith_result
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
+ objlist=" $obj"
+ func_len " $last_robj"
+ func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
+ len=$func_arith_result
+ fi
+ done
+ # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
+ # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object
+ # files will link in the last one created.
+ test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds\"
+ if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\"
+ fi
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
- # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ else
+ output=
+ fi
- libobjs=$output
+ if ${skipped_export-false}; then
+ func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
+ export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+ libobjs=$output
+ # Append the command to create the export file.
+ test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
+ if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
+ func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+
+ # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+ for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ $opt_silent || {
+ func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+ }
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+ lt_exit=$?
+
+ # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+ if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
+ ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+ $RM "${realname}T" && \
+ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+ fi
+
+ exit $lt_exit
+ }
+ done
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+ if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
+ func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+ func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if ${skipped_export-false}; then
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+ tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
+ test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+ # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+ func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+ # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+ # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+ # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+ # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+ # isn't a blessed tool.
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+ func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ libobjs=$output
# Restore the value of output.
- output=$save_output
+ output=$save_output
if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
# Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
# value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
# Do each of the archive commands.
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
- eval cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
- else
- eval cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
- fi
+ if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+ cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ cmds=$module_cmds
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+ cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ cmds=$archive_cmds
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
- # Append the command to remove the reloadable object files
- # to the just-reset $cmds.
- eval cmds=\"\$cmds~$rm $delfiles\"
- fi
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ if test -n "$delfiles"; then
+ # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
+ eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
+ fi
+
+ # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+ if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+ gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+ func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+ fi
+
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+ for cmd in $cmds; do
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+ $opt_silent || {
+ func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+ }
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+ lt_exit=$?
+
+ # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+ if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
+ ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+ $RM "${realname}T" && \
+ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+ fi
+
+ exit $lt_exit
+ }
+ done
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $?
- exit 0
+ if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
+
+ if test -n "$convenience"; then
+ if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
# Create links to the real library.
for linkname in $linknames; do
if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
- $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $?
+ func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
fi
done
@@ -3349,38 +8581,35 @@ EOF
;;
obj)
- if test -n "$deplibs"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
+ func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
fi
- if test -n "$rpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
+ case " $deplibs" in
+ *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+ func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
+ esac
- if test -n "$xrpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$rpath" && \
+ func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects"
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$xrpath" && \
+ func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects"
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects"
+
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects"
case $output in
*.lo)
- if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- libobj="$output"
- obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+ test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
+ func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects"
+
+ libobj=$output
+ func_lo2o "$libobj"
+ obj=$func_lo2o_result
;;
*)
libobj=
@@ -3389,7 +8618,7 @@ EOF
esac
# Delete the old objects.
- $run $rm $obj $libobj
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
# Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes
# single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create
@@ -3398,150 +8627,141 @@ EOF
reload_conv_objs=
gentop=
# reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
- # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec
+ # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with
+ # turning comma into space..
wl=
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- eval reload_conv_objs=\"\$reload_objs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'`
else
gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
- $show "$mkdir $gentop"
- $run $mkdir "$gentop"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- for xlib in $convenience; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
- *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
- esac
- xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
-
- $show "${rm}r $xdir"
- $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
- $show "$mkdir $xdir"
- $run $mkdir "$xdir"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
- $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
- reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs "`find $xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
- done
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+ reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
fi
+ # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs
+ test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && libobjs="$non_pic_objects"
+
# Create the old-style object.
- reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+ reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
output="$obj"
- eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
# Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
if test -z "$libobj"; then
if test -n "$gentop"; then
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r $gentop
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
- exit 0
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
if test -n "$gentop"; then
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r $gentop
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
# accidentally link it into a program.
# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
- # $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
- exit 0
+ # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
output="$libobj"
- eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-# else
-# # Just create a symlink.
-# $show $rm $libobj
-# $run $rm $libobj
-# xdir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
-# if test "X$xdir" = "X$libobj"; then
-# xdir="."
-# else
-# xdir="$xdir"
-# fi
-# baseobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-# oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-# $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)"
-# $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)' || exit $?
+ func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
if test -n "$gentop"; then
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r $gentop
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
- exit 0
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
prog)
case $host in
- *cygwin*) output=`echo $output | sed -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;;
+ *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+ output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
esac
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs"
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2
- fi
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs"
- if test "$preload" = yes; then
- if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown &&
- test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
- fi
- fi
+ test "$preload" = yes \
+ && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \
+ && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \
+ && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \
+ func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
case $host in
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
- compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
- finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
+ compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+ finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
;;
esac
- compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
+ # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
+ if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
+ case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
+ 10.[0123])
+ func_append compile_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load"
+ func_append finalize_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+ compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+ # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+ # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+ new_libs=
+ for path in $notinst_path; do
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case " $compile_deplibs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+ func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*)
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ compile_deplibs="$new_libs"
+
+
+ func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs"
+ func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs"
if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
@@ -3549,7 +8769,7 @@ EOF
# This is the magic to use -rpath.
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
done
fi
@@ -3568,25 +8788,32 @@ EOF
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+ func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- rpath="$rpath $flag"
+ func_append rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+ *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";;
+ esac
+ case :$dllsearchpath: in
+ *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
esac
;;
esac
@@ -3612,18 +8839,18 @@ EOF
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+ func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- rpath="$rpath $flag"
+ func_append rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
done
@@ -3635,227 +8862,57 @@ EOF
fi
finalize_rpath="$rpath"
- dlsyms=
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- dlsyms="${outputname}S.c"
- else
- $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2
- fi
+ if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+ # Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
fi
- if test -n "$dlsyms"; then
- case $dlsyms in
- "") ;;
- *.c)
- # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
- nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm"
-
- $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
- $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"
-
- # Parse the name list into a source file.
- $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms"
-
- test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
-/* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */
-/* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern \"C\" {
-#endif
-
-/* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */
-#define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol
-
-/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
-"
-
- if test "$dlself" = yes; then
- $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
-
- test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
-
- # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
- progfiles="$objs$old_deplibs"
- for arg in $progfiles; do
- $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'"
- $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
- done
-
- if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
- $run eval 'egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- fi
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- fi
-
- # Prepare the list of exported symbols
- if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$output.exp"
- $run $rm $export_symbols
- $run eval "sed -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@$/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
- else
- $run eval "sed -e 's/\([][.*^$]\)/\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$output.exp"'
- $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$output.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- fi
- fi
-
- for arg in $dlprefiles; do
- $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'"
- name=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- $run eval 'echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
- $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
- done
-
- if test -z "$run"; then
- # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
- test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
-
- if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
- egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
- $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"
- fi
-
- # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
- if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" | sort +2 | uniq > "$nlist"S; then
- :
- else
- grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
- fi
-
- if test -f "$nlist"S; then
- eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"'
- else
- echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"
- fi
-
- $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
-
-#undef lt_preloaded_symbols
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define lt_ptr_t void *
-#else
-# define lt_ptr_t char *
-# define const
-#endif
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
-const struct {
- const char *name;
- lt_ptr_t address;
-}
-lt_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{\
-"
-
- sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\"\1\", (lt_ptr_t) 0},/p' \
- -e 's/^. \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {"\2", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/p' \
- < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"
-
- $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
- {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
- return lt_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif\
-"
- fi
-
- pic_flag_for_symtable=
- case $host in
- # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
- # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
- # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
- # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
- # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
- *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
- case "$compile_command " in
- *" -static "*) ;;
- *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";;
- esac;;
- *-*-hpux*)
- case "$compile_command " in
- *" -static "*) ;;
- *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag";;
- esac
- esac
-
- # Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
- $show "(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")"
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $?
-
- # Clean up the generated files.
- $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
- $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"
-
- # Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"`
- finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"`
- ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- else
- # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
- # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
- # really was required.
+ func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no"
- # Nullify the symbol file.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
- finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+ # template prelinking step
+ if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
+ func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
- if test $need_relink = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+ wrappers_required=yes
+ case $host in
+ *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*)
+ # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway.
+ wrappers_required=no
+ ;;
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+ if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+ wrappers_required=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+ wrappers_required=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then
# Replace the output file specification.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
- $show "$link_command"
- $run eval "$link_command"
- status=$?
+ exit_status=0
+ func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
- # Delete the generated files.
- if test -n "$dlsyms"; then
- $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"
- $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"
+ if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+ func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
- exit $status
- fi
+ # Delete the generated files.
+ if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then
+ func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"'
+ fi
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # We should set the shlibpath_var
- rpath=
- for dir in $temp_rpath; do
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
- # Absolute path.
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- ;;
- *)
- # Relative path: add a thisdir entry.
- rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- temp_rpath="$rpath"
+ exit $exit_status
fi
if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
@@ -3872,7 +8929,7 @@ static const void *lt_preloaded_setup()
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+ func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
fi
@@ -3880,7 +8937,7 @@ static const void *lt_preloaded_setup()
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+ func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
fi
@@ -3890,13 +8947,19 @@ static const void *lt_preloaded_setup()
# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
# Replace the output file specification.
- link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+ link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
# Delete the old output file.
- $run $rm $output
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $output
# Link the executable and exit
- $show "$link_command"
- $run eval "$link_command" || exit $?
- exit 0
+ func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+ if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+ func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
@@ -3904,13 +8967,13 @@ static const void *lt_preloaded_setup()
link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
- $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2
+ func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
+ func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation"
else
if test "$fast_install" != no; then
link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
else
# fast_install is set to needless
relink_command=
@@ -3922,246 +8985,99 @@ static const void *lt_preloaded_setup()
fi
# Replace the output file specification.
- link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
+ link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
# Delete the old output files.
- $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
- $show "$link_command"
- $run eval "$link_command" || exit $?
+ func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+ if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname"
+ postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+ func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
# Now create the wrapper script.
- $show "creating $output"
+ func_verbose "creating $output"
# Quote the relink command for shipping.
if test -n "$relink_command"; then
# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
- relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+ relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
else
- var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command"
+ func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
+ relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
fi
done
- relink_command="cd `pwd`; $relink_command"
- relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- fi
-
- # Quote $echo for shipping.
- if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
- case $0 in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo";;
- *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$0 --fallback-echo";;
- esac
- qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- else
- qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+ relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
fi
- # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null.
- if test -z "$run"; then
+ # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
+ $opt_dry_run || {
# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
case $output in
- *.exe) output=`echo $output|sed 's,.exe$,,'` ;;
+ *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+ output=$func_stripname_result ;;
esac
# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
case $host in
- *cygwin*) exeext=.exe ;;
+ *cygwin*)
+ exeext=.exe
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
+ outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
*) exeext= ;;
esac
- $rm $output
- trap "$rm $output; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
- $echo > $output "\
-#! $SHELL
-
-# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
-# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
-#
-# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
-# libraries that it depends on are installed.
-#
-# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
-# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-if test \"\${CDPATH+set}\" = set; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
-
-relink_command=\"$relink_command > /dev/null 2>&1\"
-
-# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
-if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
- # install mode needs the following variable:
- notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
-else
- # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set.
- if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
- echo=\"$qecho\"
- file=\"\$0\"
- # Make sure echo works.
- if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
- # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
- shift
- elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
- # Yippee, \$echo works!
- :
- else
- # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work.
- exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
- fi
- fi\
-"
- $echo >> $output "\
-
- # Find the directory that this script lives in.
- thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
- test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
-
- # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
- file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | sed -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
- while test -n \"\$file\"; do
- destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
-
- # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
- if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
- case \"\$destdir\" in
- [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
- *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
- file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | sed -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
- done
-
- # Try to get the absolute directory name.
- absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
- test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
-"
-
- if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- echo >> $output "\
- program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
- progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-
- if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\
- { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | sed 1q\`; \\
- test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
-
- file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
-
- if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
- $mkdir \"\$progdir\"
- else
- $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- fi"
-
- echo >> $output "\
-
- # relink executable if necessary
- if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
- if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
- else
- $echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
- $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
-
- $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
- { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\";
- $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
- $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- fi"
- else
- echo >> $output "\
- program='$outputname'
- progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-"
- fi
-
- echo >> $output "\
-
- if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
-
- # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
- if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
- $echo >> $output "\
- # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
- $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
-
- # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
- # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
- $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
-
- export $shlibpath_var
-"
- fi
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
+ output_name=$func_basename_result
+ output_path=$func_dirname_result
+ cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c"
+ cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe"
+ $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
+ trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
- # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
- if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
- $echo >> $output "\
- # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
- PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
-"
- fi
+ func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
- $echo >> $output "\
- if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
- # Run the actual program with our arguments.
-"
- case $host in
- # win32 systems need to use the prog path for dll
- # lookup to work
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32*)
- $echo >> $output "\
- exec \$progdir/\$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
- ;;
+ # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
+ # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
+ # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
+ # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
+ $STRIP $cwrapper
+ }
- # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
- *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*)
- $echo >> $output "\
- exec \$progdir\\\\\$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
+ # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
+ $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
+ if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then
+ $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ else
+ func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ fi
+ }
;;
+ * )
+ $RM $output
+ trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
- *)
- $echo >> $output "\
- # Export the path to the program.
- PATH=\"\$progdir:\$PATH\"
- export PATH
-
- exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
+ func_emit_wrapper no > $output
+ chmod +x $output
;;
esac
- $echo >> $output "\
- \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\"
- exit 1
- fi
- else
- # The program doesn't exist.
- \$echo \"\$0: error: \$progdir/\$program does not exist\" 1>&2
- \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
- echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-fi\
-"
- chmod +x $output
- fi
- exit 0
+ }
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
esac
@@ -4169,7 +9085,7 @@ fi\
for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
- oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
+ oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
addlibs="$convenience"
build_libtool_libs=no
else
@@ -4177,146 +9093,179 @@ fi\
oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
build_libtool_libs=no
else
- oldobjs="$objs$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+ oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+ if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then
+ func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj"
+ fi
fi
addlibs="$old_convenience"
fi
if test -n "$addlibs"; then
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
- $show "$mkdir $gentop"
- $run $mkdir "$gentop"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- # Add in members from convenience archives.
- for xlib in $addlibs; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
- *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
- esac
- xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
-
- $show "${rm}r $xdir"
- $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
- $show "$mkdir $xdir"
- $run $mkdir "$xdir"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
- $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
- oldobjs="$oldobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.${objext} -print | $NL2SP`
- done
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
+ func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
# Do each command in the archive commands.
if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_new_cmds\"
+ cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
else
-# # Ensure that we have .o objects in place in case we decided
-# # not to build a shared library, and have fallen back to building
-# # static libs even though --disable-static was passed!
-# for oldobj in $oldobjs; do
-# if test ! -f $oldobj; then
-# xdir=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
-# if test "X$xdir" = "X$oldobj"; then
-# xdir="."
-# else
-# xdir="$xdir"
-# fi
-# baseobj=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-# obj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"`
-# $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)"
-# $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)' || exit $?
-# fi
-# done
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+ # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+ if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+ gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
- if len=`expr "X$cmds" : ".*"` &&
- test $len -le $max_cmd_len; then
- :
- else
- # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
- $echo "using piecewise archive linking..."
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+ func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ fi
+
+ # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have
+ # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
+ # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
+ # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
+ # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
+ # not supported by libtool).
+ if (for obj in $oldobjs
+ do
+ func_basename "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
+ done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+ :
+ else
+ echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
+ gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+ func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
+ save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+ oldobjs=
+ counter=1
+ for obj in $save_oldobjs
+ do
+ func_basename "$obj"
+ objbase="$func_basename_result"
+ case " $oldobjs " in
+ " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
+ *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
+ while :; do
+ # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
+ # overlaps.
+ newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
+ func_arith $counter + 1
+ counter=$func_arith_result
+ case " $oldobjs " in
+ *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
+ *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
+ func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj"
+ ;;
+ *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+
+ func_len " $cmds"
+ len=$func_len_result
+ if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+ cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+ elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then
+ func_verbose "using command file archive linking..."
+ for obj in $oldobjs
+ do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+ done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd
+ func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd"
+ oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result"
+ cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+ else
+ # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
+ func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
RANLIB=:
- objlist=
- concat_cmds=
- save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
- for obj in $save_oldobjs
- do
- oldobjs="$objlist $obj"
- objlist="$objlist $obj"
- eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
- if len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*"` &&
- test $len -le $max_cmd_len; then
- :
- else
- # the above command should be used before it gets too long
- oldobjs=$objlist
+ objlist=
+ concat_cmds=
+ save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+ oldobjs=
+ # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
+ for obj in $save_oldobjs
+ do
+ last_oldobj=$obj
+ done
+ eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+ func_len " $test_cmds"
+ len0=$func_len_result
+ len=$len0
+ for obj in $save_oldobjs
+ do
+ func_len " $obj"
+ func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+ len=$func_arith_result
+ func_append objlist " $obj"
+ if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+ :
+ else
+ # the above command should be used before it gets too long
+ oldobjs=$objlist
+ if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
+ RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+ fi
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
- eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
- objlist=
- fi
- done
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
+ objlist=
+ len=$len0
+ fi
+ done
RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
- oldobjs=$objlist
- eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$old_archive_cmds\"
- fi
+ oldobjs=$objlist
+ if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
+ eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
+ else
+ eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
+ fi
+ fi
fi
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
done
- if test -n "$generated"; then
- $show "${rm}r$generated"
- $run ${rm}r$generated
- fi
+ test -n "$generated" && \
+ func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
# Now create the libtool archive.
case $output in
*.la)
old_library=
test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
- $show "creating $output"
+ func_verbose "creating $output"
# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
- relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+ relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
else
- var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command"
+ func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
+ relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
fi
done
# Quote the link command for shipping.
- tagopts=
- for tag in $taglist; do
- tagopts="$tagopts --tag $tag"
- done
- relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $0$tagopts --mode=relink $libtool_args)"
- relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+ relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+ if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
+ relink_command=
+ fi
# Only create the output if not a dry run.
- if test -z "$run"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
for installed in no yes; do
if test "$installed" = yes; then
if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
@@ -4328,50 +9277,109 @@ fi\
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
case $deplib in
*.la)
- name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- eval libdir=`sed -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
+ func_basename "$deplib"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+ eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
- *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
+ -L*)
+ func_stripname -L '' "$deplib"
+ func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ func_stripname -R '' "$deplib"
+ func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
newdlfiles=
+
for lib in $dlfiles; do
- name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- eval libdir=`sed -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
+ case $lib in
+ *.la)
+ func_basename "$lib"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+ eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+ ;;
+ *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;;
+ esac
done
dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
newdlprefiles=
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
- name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- eval libdir=`sed -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
+ case $lib in
+ *.la)
+ # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
+ # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
+ # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
+ # the library:
+ func_basename "$lib"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+ eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+ else
+ newdlfiles=
+ for lib in $dlfiles; do
+ case $lib in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
+ *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append newdlfiles " $abs"
+ done
+ dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+ newdlprefiles=
+ for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+ case $lib in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
+ *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $abs"
done
dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
fi
- $rm $output
+ $RM $output
# place dlname in correct position for cygwin
+ # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target
+ # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables
+ # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH,
+ # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting
+ # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it
+ # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE
+ # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of
+ # tests/bindir.at for full details.
tdlname=$dlname
case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
- *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
+ *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll)
+ # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there.
+ if test "x$bindir" != x ;
+ then
+ func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir"
+ tdlname=$func_relative_path_result$dlname
+ else
+ # Otherwise fall back on heuristic.
+ tdlname=../bin/$dlname
+ fi
+ ;;
esac
- $echo > $output "\
+ $ECHO > $output "\
# $outputname - a libtool library file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
#
# Please DO NOT delete this file!
# It is necessary for linking the library.
@@ -4385,9 +9393,15 @@ library_names='$library_names'
# The name of the static archive.
old_library='$old_library'
+# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs.
+inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
+
# Libraries that this one depends upon.
dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
+# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
+weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
+
# Version information for $libname.
current=$current
age=$age
@@ -4396,692 +9410,39 @@ revision=$revision
# Is this an already installed library?
installed=$installed
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=$module
+
# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
dlopen='$dlfiles'
dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
libdir='$install_libdir'"
- if test "$installed" = no && test $need_relink = yes; then
- $echo >> $output "\
+ if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
+ $ECHO >> $output "\
relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
fi
done
- fi
+ }
# Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
# LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
- $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)"
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $?
- ;;
- esac
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- # libtool install mode
- install)
- modename="$modename: install"
-
- # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
- # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
- if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
- # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
- $echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed | grep shtool > /dev/null; then
- # Aesthetically quote it.
- arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*)
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- install_prog="$arg "
- arg="$1"
- shift
- else
- install_prog=
- arg="$nonopt"
- fi
-
- # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
- # Aesthetically quote it.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*)
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- install_prog="$install_prog$arg"
-
- # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
- dest=
- files=
- opts=
- prev=
- install_type=
- isdir=no
- stripme=
- for arg
- do
- if test -n "$dest"; then
- files="$files $dest"
- dest="$arg"
- continue
- fi
-
- case $arg in
- -d) isdir=yes ;;
- -f) prev="-f" ;;
- -g) prev="-g" ;;
- -m) prev="-m" ;;
- -o) prev="-o" ;;
- -s)
- stripme=" -s"
- continue
- ;;
- -*) ;;
-
- *)
- # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- prev=
- else
- dest="$arg"
- continue
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Aesthetically quote the argument.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*)
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- install_prog="$install_prog $arg"
- done
-
- if test -z "$install_prog"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -z "$files"; then
- if test -z "$dest"; then
- $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2
- else
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2
- fi
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
- dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'`
-
- # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
- test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
- if test "$isdir" = yes; then
- destdir="$dest"
- destname=
- else
- destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=.
- destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
- # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
- set dummy $files
- if test $# -gt 2; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
- case $destdir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- for file in $files; do
- case $file in
- *.lo) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- done
+ func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
;;
esac
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
- # than running their programs.
- libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
- staticlibs=
- future_libdirs=
- current_libdirs=
- for file in $files; do
-
- # Do each installation.
- case $file in
- *.$libext)
- # Do the static libraries later.
- staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
- ;;
-
- *.la)
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- library_names=
- old_library=
- relink_command=
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
- if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
- case "$current_libdirs " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
- esac
- else
- # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
- case "$future_libdirs " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/
- test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir=
- dir="$dir$objdir"
-
- if test -n "$relink_command"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2
- $show "$relink_command"
- if $run eval "$relink_command"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
-
- # See the names of the shared library.
- set dummy $library_names
- if test -n "$2"; then
- realname="$2"
- shift
- shift
-
- srcname="$realname"
- test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
-
- # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
- $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname"
- $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $?
- if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
- $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname"
- $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $?
- fi
-
- if test $# -gt 0; then
- # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
- for linkname
- do
- if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then
- $show "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
- $run eval "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
- lib="$destdir/$realname"
- eval cmds=\"$postinstall_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
-
- # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
- name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- instname="$dir/$name"i
- $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name"
- $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $?
-
- # Maybe install the static library, too.
- test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
-
- # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
- if test -n "$destname"; then
- destfile="$destdir/$destname"
- else
- destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
- fi
-
- # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
- case $destfile in
- *.lo)
- staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- ;;
- *.$objext)
- staticdest="$destfile"
- destfile=
- ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Install the libtool object if requested.
- if test -n "$destfile"; then
- $show "$install_prog $file $destfile"
- $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $?
- fi
-
- # Install the old object if enabled.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
- staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-
- $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest"
- $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $?
- fi
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- *)
- # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
- if test -n "$destname"; then
- destfile="$destdir/$destname"
- else
- destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
- fi
-
- # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
- if (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- notinst_deplibs=
- relink_command=
-
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Check the variables that should have been set.
- if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then
- $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$file'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- finalize=yes
- for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
- # Check to see that each library is installed.
- libdir=
- if test -f "$lib"; then
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $lib in
- */* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
- *) . ./$lib ;;
- esac
- fi
- libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
- if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2
- finalize=no
- fi
- done
-
- relink_command=
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- outputname=
- if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
- if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then
- tmpdir="/tmp"
- test -n "$TMPDIR" && tmpdir="$TMPDIR"
- tmpdir="$tmpdir/libtool-$$"
- if $mkdir -p "$tmpdir" && chmod 700 "$tmpdir"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: error: cannot create temporary directory \`$tmpdir'" 1>&2
- continue
- fi
- file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
- # Replace the output file specification.
- relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
-
- $show "$relink_command"
- if $run eval "$relink_command"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2
- ${rm}r "$tmpdir"
- continue
- fi
- file="$outputname"
- else
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2
- fi
- else
- # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
- file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
- fi
- fi
-
-
- # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
- # one anyways
- case $install_prog,$host in
- */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
- case $file:$destfile in
- *.exe:*.exe)
- # this is ok
- ;;
- *.exe:*)
- destfile=$destfile.exe
- ;;
- *:*.exe)
- destfile=`echo $destfile | sed -e 's,.exe$,,'`
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
-
- $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile"
- $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $?
- test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir"
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- for file in $staticlibs; do
- name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
- # Set up the ranlib parameters.
- oldlib="$destdir/$name"
-
- $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib"
- $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $?
-
- if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
- $show "$old_striplib $oldlib"
- $run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $?
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
- eval cmds=\"$old_postinstall_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- done
-
- if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
- # Maybe just do a dry run.
- test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
- exec_cmd='$SHELL $0 --finish$current_libdirs'
- else
- exit 0
- fi
- ;;
-
- # libtool finish mode
- finish)
- modename="$modename: finish"
- libdirs="$nonopt"
- admincmds=
-
- if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
- for dir
- do
- libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
- done
-
- for libdir in $libdirs; do
- if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
- # Do each command in the finish commands.
- eval cmds=\"$finish_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds
- $cmd"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
- if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
- # Do the single finish_eval.
- eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
- $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
- $cmds"
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
- test "$show" = ":" && exit 0
-
- echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
- echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
- for libdir in $libdirs; do
- echo " $libdir"
- done
- echo
- echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
- echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
- echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
- echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
- echo " during execution"
- fi
- if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
- echo " during linking"
- fi
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- libdir=LIBDIR
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-
- echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
- fi
- if test -n "$admincmds"; then
- echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
- fi
- if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
- echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
- fi
- echo
- echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
- echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
- echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- # libtool execute mode
- execute)
- modename="$modename: execute"
-
- # The first argument is the command name.
- cmd="$nonopt"
- if test -z "$cmd"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2
- $echo "$help"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
- for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
- if test ! -f "$file"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- dir=
- case $file in
- *.la)
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Read the libtool library.
- dlname=
- library_names=
-
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
- if test -z "$dlname"; then
- # Warn if it was a shared library.
- test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
- continue
- fi
-
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=.
-
- if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
- dir="$dir/$objdir"
- else
- $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=.
- ;;
-
- *)
- $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Get the absolute pathname.
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
-
- # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
- if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
- eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
- else
- eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
- fi
- done
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
- # rather than running their programs.
- libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
-
- # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
- args=
- for file
- do
- case $file in
- -*) ;;
- *)
- # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
- if (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Transform arg to wrapped name.
- file="$progdir/$program"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
- file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- args="$args \"$file\""
- done
-
- if test -z "$run"; then
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # Export the shlibpath_var.
- eval "export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
+{ test "$opt_mode" = link || test "$opt_mode" = relink; } &&
+ func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
- # Restore saved enviroment variables
- if test "${save_LC_ALL+set}" = set; then
- LC_ALL="$save_LC_ALL"; export LC_ALL
- fi
- if test "${save_LANG+set}" = set; then
- LANG="$save_LANG"; export LANG
- fi
- # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
- exec_cmd='"$cmd"$args'
- else
- # Display what would be done.
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
- $echo "export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
- $echo "$cmd$args"
- exit 0
- fi
- ;;
-
- # libtool clean and uninstall mode
- clean | uninstall)
- modename="$modename: $mode"
- rm="$nonopt"
+# func_mode_uninstall arg...
+func_mode_uninstall ()
+{
+ $opt_debug
+ RM="$nonopt"
files=
rmforce=
exit_status=0
@@ -5093,49 +9454,47 @@ relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
for arg
do
case $arg in
- -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
- -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;;
- *) files="$files $arg" ;;
+ -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
+ -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;;
+ *) func_append files " $arg" ;;
esac
done
- if test -z "$rm"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
+ test -z "$RM" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
rmdirs=
for file in $files; do
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then
- dir=.
- objdir="$objdir"
+ func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+ dir="$func_dirname_result"
+ if test "X$dir" = X.; then
+ odir="$objdir"
else
- objdir="$dir/$objdir"
+ odir="$dir/$objdir"
fi
- name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- test $mode = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
+ func_basename "$file"
+ name="$func_basename_result"
+ test "$opt_mode" = uninstall && odir="$dir"
- # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
- if test $mode = clean; then
+ # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
+ if test "$opt_mode" = clean; then
case " $rmdirs " in
- *" $objdir "*) ;;
- *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
+ *" $odir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;;
esac
fi
# Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
- if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \
- || (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \
- || test -f "$file"; then
- :
+ if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ test -f "$file"; then
+ :
elif test -d "$file"; then
- exit_status=1
+ exit_status=1
continue
elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
- continue
+ continue
fi
rmfiles="$file"
@@ -5143,312 +9502,130 @@ relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
case $name in
*.la)
# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
- if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- . $dir/$name
+ if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+ func_source $dir/$name
# Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
for n in $library_names; do
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n"
done
- test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
- test $mode = clean && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
+ test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library"
- if test $mode = uninstall; then
+ case "$opt_mode" in
+ clean)
+ case " $library_names " in
+ *" $dlname "*) ;;
+ *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;;
+ esac
+ test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i"
+ ;;
+ uninstall)
if test -n "$library_names"; then
# Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
- eval cmds=\"$postuninstall_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd"
- if test $? != 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then
- exit_status=1
- fi
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
fi
if test -n "$old_library"; then
# Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
- eval cmds=\"$old_postuninstall_cmds\"
- IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd"
- if test $? != 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then
- exit_status=1
- fi
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
+ func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
fi
# FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
- fi
+ ;;
+ esac
fi
;;
*.lo)
# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
- if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
- # Read the .lo file
- . $dir/$name
+ # Read the .lo file
+ func_source $dir/$name
# Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
- if test -n "$pic_object" \
- && test "$pic_object" != none; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object"
- fi
+ if test -n "$pic_object" &&
+ test "$pic_object" != none; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object"
+ fi
# Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
- if test -n "$non_pic_object" \
- && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object"
- fi
+ if test -n "$non_pic_object" &&
+ test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object"
+ fi
fi
;;
*)
- # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
- if test $mode = clean &&
- (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- relink_command=
- . $dir/$file
+ if test "$opt_mode" = clean ; then
+ noexename=$name
+ case $file in
+ *.exe)
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+ file=$func_stripname_result
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
+ noexename=$func_stripname_result
+ # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
+ # add $file without .exe
+ func_append rmfiles " $file"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
+ if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
+ if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+ relink_command=
+ func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+ else
+ relink_command=
+ func_source $dir/$noexename
+ fi
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
- if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
+ # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
+ # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.${objext}"
+ if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name"
+ fi
+ if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-${noexename}.c"
+ fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
- $show "$rm $rmfiles"
- $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1
+ func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
done
# Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
for dir in $rmdirs; do
if test -d "$dir"; then
- $show "rmdir $dir"
- $run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1
+ func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
fi
done
exit $exit_status
- ;;
+}
- "")
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2
- $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
+{ test "$opt_mode" = uninstall || test "$opt_mode" = clean; } &&
+ func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
- if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then
- $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2
- $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-fi # test -z "$show_help"
+test -z "$opt_mode" && {
+ help="$generic_help"
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
+}
+
+test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
+ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'"
if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
- eval exec $exec_cmd
- exit 1
+ eval exec "$exec_cmd"
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
-# We need to display help for each of the modes.
-case $mode in
-"") $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
-
-Provide generalized library-building support services.
-
- --config show all configuration variables
- --debug enable verbose shell tracing
--n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
- --features display basic configuration information and exit
- --finish same as \`--mode=finish'
- --help display this help message and exit
- --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS]
- --quiet same as \`--silent'
- --silent don't print informational messages
- --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG
- --version print version information
-
-MODE must be one of the following:
-
- clean remove files from the build directory
- compile compile a source file into a libtool object
- execute automatically set library path, then run a program
- finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
- install install libraries or executables
- link create a library or an executable
- uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
-
-MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for
-a more detailed description of MODE."
- exit 0
- ;;
-
-clean)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove files from the build directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
-with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
- ;;
-
-compile)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
-
-Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
- -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
- -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only
- -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only
- -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-
-COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
-from the given SOURCEFILE.
-
-The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
-SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
-library object suffix, \`.lo'."
- ;;
-
-execute)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
-
-Automatically set library path, then run a program.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
- -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
-
-This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
-flags.
-
-If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
-into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
-directories are added to the library path.
-
-Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
- ;;
-
-finish)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
-
-Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
-
-Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
-
-The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
-the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
- ;;
-
-install)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
-
-Install executables or libraries.
-
-INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
-either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
-
-The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
-BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
- ;;
-
-link)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
-
-Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
-create an executable program.
-
-LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
-a program from several object files.
-
-The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
- -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
- -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
- -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
- -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
- -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
- -export-symbols SYMFILE
- try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
- -export-symbols-regex REGEX
- try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
- -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
- -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
- -module build a library that can dlopened
- -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
- -no-install link a not-installable executable
- -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
- -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
- -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
- -release RELEASE specify package release information
- -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
- -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
- -static do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
- -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
- specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
-
-All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
-
-Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are
-treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
-object files.
-
-If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
-only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
-required, except when creating a convenience library.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
-using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
-is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
- ;;
-
-uninstall)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove libraries from an installation directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
-Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
- ;;
-
-*)
- $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-echo
-$echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes."
+exit $exit_status
-exit 0
# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting
@@ -5461,16 +9638,18 @@ exit 0
# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
-### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
-### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
-### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
# Local Variables:
# mode:shell-script
# sh-indentation:2
# End:
+# vi:sw=2
+